i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sr.# Subject Page#
Scheme of Studies iv
Rules xvii
COMPULSORY SUBJECTS
1. Urdu 1
2. Pakistani Culture (for foreign students only in lieu of Urdu) 4
3. English 6
4. Islamic Education / 8
Religious Education (Non-Muslim)
5. Pakistan Studies 10
6. Civics / Ethics 14
(for non Muslims in lieu of Translation of the Holy Quran)
7. Trnaslation of the Holy Quran 229

HUMANITIES GROUP
List of Elective Subjects
1. History(Opt one only from the following History 21
Subjects) History of Modern World
2. History of Pakistan 18
3. History of Islam 27
4. History of Muslim India 23
5. Economics 36
6. Geography 45
7. Military Science 48
8. Philosophy 51
9. Psychology 55
10. Statistics 62
11. Islamic Studies 67
12. Outlines of Home Economics 70
13. Music 72
14. Fine Arts 74
15. Arabic 76
16. English Elective 79
17. French (Modern Language) 80
 ii
18. German (Modern Language) 81
19. Punjabi 83
20. Pashto 85
21. Persian 86
22. Sindhi 87
23. Urdu Advance 90
24. Health and Physical Education 92
25. Education 95
26. Geology 101
27. Sociology 104
28. Library Science 205
29. Computer Science 213
30. Agriculture 203
31. Civics 220
32. Nursing 190
33. Commercial Practices 225
34. Mathematics 153
35. Saraiki *
36. Balochi *

PRE-MEDICAL GROUP
1. Physics 107
2. Chemistry 119
3. Biology 134

PRE-ENGINEERING GROUP
1. Physics 107
2. Chemistry 119
3. Mathematics 153

GENERAL SCIENCE GROUP

1. Mathematics 153
2. Physics 107
3. Statistics 62
4. Economics 36
5. Computer Science 213
COMMERCE GROUP
1. Principles of Accounting 167
 iii
2. Principles of Economics 168
3. Principles of Commerce 170
4. Business Mathematics 171
5. Commercial Geography 172
6. Computer Studies 175
7. Banking 177
8. Statistics 171

HOME ECONOMICS GROUP

1. Biology and Chemistry 179
2. Home Management 182
3. Clothing and Textiles 183
4. Applied Art 185
5. Food & Nutrition 186
6. Child Development & Family Living 188

ISLAMIC STUDIES GROUP

1. Arabic 198
2. Islamic Studies 198
3. Islamic History and Culture 199

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY GROUP

1. Medical Lab Technology group *
2. Dental Hygiene Technology group *
3. Operation Theatre Technology group *
4. Medical Imaging Technology group *
5. Physiotherapy Technology group *
6. Ophthalmic Technology group *
*Syllabus is not yet available
 iv

ऎä㇌ ĨþĨ㍗ ä㣡
很 ä࢑

ç 嗚䲅 äIIď îຩĨîþäIĨď îຩĨ志 哵 嚕 ä

娛 Ĩ ℞ Ĩ ęì㨱Ĩ Ěî᱑Ĩ ⸞ Ĩ ø ㈲ Ĩ 㷨Ĩ å ლ Ĩ 䱰 ◾ Ĩ ïĒîୢĨ ᭛îᡁ äĨ 䩱 þ㯾 ç ᘍ Ĩ Ěᦵ⵴

Ĩ㷨 2014⥀ ì 24Ĩę厫 Ĩð ᵮ äĨ㺸 Ĩ啓 Ⓠ Ĩø ßĨ㯓 ĨïĒîୢĨå ლ Ĩîþä18.09.2015Ĩ⠪ î吴 S.O(Boards)12-3/2014
䅍 Ĩ抜 ìĨ㨱 Ĩú ࠹ Ĩ娛 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ愰 ࿀Ĩęî‫܉‬þìĨ㺸 Ĩ㨱 Ĩ✆ Ĩ㱾Ĩ妉 恕㽻 Ĩ㷨 Ĩ愰 ࿀Ĩ࿀Ĩ⩥ Ĩ㷨 Ĩú ⫦ Ĩî⵺ Ĩ弻 孆ĨþĨú ⫦ ĨĚî⵺ Ĩᒅ Ĩ㺸 13Ĩ娛 Ĩ⼲
Ĩ
Ĩå ლ Ĩ㷨 Ĩ䱰 ◾ Ĩ嫃 ĨĜ嵗 ĨìṎ吴 Ĩ࿀Ĩ28.09.2015⠪ î吴 2/2015Ĩ娛 Ĩᮓ 婧Ĩ䅍 Ĩ㺶 ĨĚî᱑Ĩ⸞ Ĩ嗜 ᱑Ĩ㷨 ĨĒîୢĨᙤ Ĩ㷨 Ĩᳮ 嵉
ǔ
ᱛ Ĩ弒 ⡜Ĩú ḏ ĨîþäĨᾜ 䪫൞Ĩ啵 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ媁 Ĩ䲾 Ĩ⸞ Ĩո ǎĒĨ࿀Ĩ⩥ Ĩ㷨 Ĩú ⫦ ĨĚî⵺ Ĩ⸞ Ĩø ㈲ Ĩ㷨 Ĩ㹆 怐 äĨú ⫦ Ĩð î㜌Ĩ妉 媯 䰮Ĩï却 Ĩ⒄
Ĩ
Ěì㽻 Ĩ寥 ìĨ࿀Ĩ⩥ Ĩ㷨 Ĩ志 哵 嚕 äĨê ㈲ Ĩⴣ äĨĜ䆎 Ĩ徃 ᱑Ĩ徇 ìĨ啵 Ĩ⋐ ࿀Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 㨾 ຩĨ䙯 傑 Ĩú äⳢ Ĩ乷 Ĩ䲾 Ĩ⸞ ĨĚì㽻 Ĩ寥 ì Ĩ啵 Ĩ屨 ìĨ㌤ ᶣ
Ĩ
ǔ
Ĩ徃 ᱑Ĩ徇 ìĨ啵 Ĩü 㨾 ຩĨ䙯 傑 Ĩú äⳢ Ĩ䲾 Ĩ⸞ ոĨ ǎĒĨ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î‫܉‬Ĩᱛ Ĩ和 ï 䆨Ĩç 咍 ⬧ ä啵 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏 Ĩú äⳢ Ĩ乷 Ĩ䲾 Ĩ⸞
Ĝ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ䬊 Ĩी ĨÞ䰮ĨþĨÞ2016Ĩü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏 Ĩᒅ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ⬁ Ĩð äĨĜ㻠峤Ĩ⸞ 2015-17ⵤ Ĩ凪 㸮 äĨù ㉗ äĨ㥃Ĩ⬁ Ĩð äĨĜ䆎
Ĩ
㺸 Ĩî儸 Ĩé îìĨ࿀Ĩç デ Ĩ㿩 äĨ㺸 Ĩå 㥶 Ĩᚕ Ĩ㷨 Ĩė þ娛 ĨîþäĨç ᱑Ĩ⋐ ࿀/Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩç 嗚䲅 äĨ㺸 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î‫܉‬ĨîþäĨ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏
Ĩ
Ĝ䅎 峤Ĩ঎ 傑
 v
SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATIONS
UNDER PART SYSTEM FOR SESSION 2016-18 & ONWARD
Punjab Boards of Intermediate and secondary Education, offer
qualifications for both English and Urdu medium candidates for
Intermediate / Higher Secondary School Certificate (HSSC) level
education. The revised Intermediate / HSSC Scheme of Studies issued by
the Curriculum Wing will be implemented from Session 2012-2014 and
onward. Accordingly, each Intermediate / HSSC subject will be taught
across both the Classes XI & XII. Punjab Curriculum & Textbook Board
Introducing new subject “Translation of Holy Quran vide letter No.
M-48-58-A/PSMD/2022 dated 28.07.2022. The marks and groups
allocated to the subjects in the revised Scheme of Studies are as follows:

PRE - MEDICAL GROUP

Sr Code Subject Part-I Part-II Practical
#
1. 6002 Urdu / 100 100
6006 Pakistani Culture
(for Foreign Students only)
2. 6001 English 100 100
3. 6092 Islamic Education OR 50
Religious Education
(for Non Muslims)
4. Translation of the Holy Quran 50 50
6093 / Ethics / Civics
(for Non Muslims)
5. 6091 Pakistan Studies 50
6. 6046 Biology 85 85 30
7. 6047 Physics 85 85 30
8. 6048 Chemistry 85 85 30
555 555 90
Total Marks: 1200
 vi

PRE - ENGINEERING GROUP

Sr# Code Subject Part-I Part-II Practical
1. 6002 Urdu / 100 100
6006 Pakistani Culture
(for Foreign Students only)
2. 6001 English 100 100
3. 6092 Islamic Education OR 50
Religious Education
(for Non Muslims)
4. Translation of the Holy Quran 50 50
6093 / Ethics / Civics
(for Non Muslims)
5. 6091 Pakistan Studies 50
6. 6019 Mathematics 100 100
7. 6047 Physics 85 85 30
8. 6048 Chemistry 85 85 30
570 570 60
Total Marks: 1200
 vii

GENERAL SCIENCE GROUP

Sr. Code Subject Part-I Part-II Practical
#
1. 6002 Urdu / 100 100
6006 Pakistani Culture
(for Foreign Students only)
2. 6001 English 100 100

3. 6092 Islamic Education OR 50

Religious Education
(for Non Muslims)
4. Translation of the Holy Quran / 50 50
6093 Ethics / Civics
(for Non Muslims)
5. 6091 Pakistan Studies 50

6. A) Physics, Mathematics, Statistics 85 +100 + 85 85 +100 + 85 60

B) Mathematics, Economics, Statistics 100 +100 + 85 100 +100 + 85 30
C) Economics, Mathematics, Computer 100 +100 + 75 100 +100 + 75 50
Science
D) Mathematics, Statistics, Computer 100 +85 + 75 100 +85 + 75 80
Science
E) Mathematics, Physics, Computer 100 +85 + 75 100 +85 + 75 80
Science
(CHOOSE ANY ONE
COMBINATION)

Total Marks: 1200

 viii
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY GROUP CLASS-XI (PART-I)
Sr.# Code Subject Theory Practical
1 6002 Urdu / 100
6006 Pakistani Culture
(for Foreign Students only)
2 6001 English 100
3 6092 Islamic Education OR 50
Religious Education
(for Non Muslims)
4 Translation of the Holy Quran / 50
6093 Ethics / Civics(for Non Muslims)
300 Marks each
(Opt one Group only)
1. Medical Lab Technology Group 50 +50 + 50 50 +50 + 50
2. Dental Hygiene Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
3. Operation Theatre Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
4. Medical Imaging Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
5. Physiotherapy Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
6. Ophthalmic Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
Total Marks: 600
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY GROUP CLASS-XII (PART-II)
Sr.# Code Subject Theory Practical
1 6002 Urdu / 100
6006 Pakistani Culture
(for Foreign Students only)
2 6001 English 100
3 6091 Pakistan Studies 50
4 Translation of the Holy Quran / 50
6093 Ethics / Civics (for Non Muslims)
300 Marks each
(Opt one Group only)
1. Medical Lab Technology Group 50 +50 + 50 50 +50 + 50
2. Dental Hygiene Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
3. Operation Theatre Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
4. Medical Imaging Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
5. Physiotherapy Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
6. Ophthalmic Technology Group 50 +50 + 100 25 +25 + 50
Total Marks: 600
 ix

COMMRECE GROUP
Sr Code Subject Part-I Part-II Practical
#
1. 6002 Urdu / 100 100
6006 Pakistani Culture
(for Foreign Students only)
2. 6001 English 100 100
3. 6092 Islamic Education OR 50
Religious Education
(for Non Muslims)
4. Translation of the Holy Quran / 50 50
6093 Ethics / Civics
(for Non Muslims)
5. 6091 Pakistan Studies 50
6. 6070 Principles of Accounting 100 100
7. 6054 Principles of Economics 75
Commercial Geography in
Part-II 75
8. 6058 Principles of Commerce with 75 75
Banking in Part-II
6095 25
OR
Principles of Commerce with 75 50
Computer Studies in Part-II
9. 6064 Business Mathematics 50
Statistics in Part-II 50
Total Marks: 1200
 x

ISLAMIC STUDIES GROUP

Sr# Code Subject Part-I Part-II
6002 Urdu /
1. 100 100
6006 Pakistani Culture (for Foreign Students only)
2. 6001 English 100 100
6092 Islamic Education OR
3. 50
Religious Education (for Non Muslims)
Translation of the Holy Quran / Ethics / Civics
4. 50 50
6093 (for Non Muslims)
5. 6091 Pakistan Studies 50
6. 6024 Arabic 100 100
7. 6025 Islamic Studies (Fiqh and Usul-e-Fiqh) 100 100
Islamic History and Culture with option-I
6082 (The Political & Cultural History of Islam from
the beginning of Abbasies to falls of Baghdad) in
8. 100 100
6081 Part-II. OR
Islamic History and Culture with Option-ii
(The Cultural system of Islam) in Part-II.
600 600
Total Marks: 1200

HOME ECONOMICS GROUP CLASS-XI (PART-I)

Sr.# Code Subject Theory Practical
1. 6002 Urdu / 100
6006 Pakistani Culture (for Foreign Students only)
2. 6001 English 100
3. 6092 Islamic Education OR 50
Religious Education (for Non Muslims)
4. Translation of the Holy Quran / Ethics / 50
6093 Civics
(for Non Muslims)
5. 6073 Biology 35 15
6. 6074 Chemistry 35 15
7. 6076 Home Management 85 15
8. 6075 Clothing & Textile 85 15
Total Marks: 600
 xi

HOME ECONOMICS GROUP CLASS-XII (PART-II)

Sr.# Code Subject Theory Practical
1. 6002 Urdu / 100
6006 Pakistani Culture (for Foreign Students only)
2. 6001 English 100
3. 6091 Pakistan Studies 50
4. Translation of the Holy Quran / Ethics / Civics 50
6093 (for Non Muslims)
5. 6072 Applied Art 85 15
6. 6077 Food & Nutrition 85 15
7. 6078 Child Development and Family Living 85 15
Total Marks: 600

HUMANITIES GROUP
Sr Code Subject Part-I Part-II
#
1. 6002 Urdu / Pakistani Culture 100 100
6006 (for Foreign Students only)
2. 6001 English 100 100
3. 6092 Islamic Education OR 50
Religious Education
(for Non Muslims)
4. Translation of the Holy Quran 50 50
6093 / Ethics / Civics
(for Non Muslims)
5. 6091 Pakistan Studies 50
6. Choose Three Elective 100+100+100 100+100+100
Subjects
(From the List of Elective
Subjects)
600 600
Total Marks: 1200
 xii
LIST OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS FOR (CLASSES XI & XII)
Sr# Code Subjects
1. 6015 History(Opt one only from the following History Subjects) History of
Modern World
2. 6031 History of Islam Banu Ummayyah with (Muslim in Spain) in Part-II
6007 History of Islam Banu Ummaya with (Abbasi of Baghdad) in Part-II
3. 6009 History of Muslim India
4. 6010 History of Pakistan
5. 6011 Economics
6. 6012 Geography (Marks: Th-I-85+ Th-II-85+Pra-30=200)
7. 6014 Philosophy
8. 6016 Psychology (Marks: Th-I-85+ Th-II-85+Pra-30=200)
9. 6017 Civics
10. 6018 Statistics (Marks: Th-I-85+ Th-II-85+Pra-30=200)
11. 6019 Mathematics
12. 6020 Islamic Studies
13. 6021 Outlines of Home Economics (Marks: Th-I-85+ Th-II-85+Pra-30=200)
14. 6023 Fine Arts (Marks: Th-I-40+ Th-II-40+Pra-120=200)
15. 6024 Arabic/
6034 Persian/
6032 Punjabi/
6096 Saraiki/
6033 Pushto/
6038 Balochi/
6039 Sindhi/
6040 Modern Languages
6028 French (Marks: Th-I-100+ Th-II-75+Pra-25=200)
6029 German (Marks: Th-I-100+ Th-II-70+Pra-30=200)
16. 6027 English Elective
17. 6037 Urdu Advance
18. 6042 Health and Physical Education (Marks: Th-I-85+ Th-II-85+Pra-30=200)
19. 6043 Education
20. 6045 Sociology
21. 6008 Library Science (Marks: Th-I-85+ Th-II-85+Pra-30=200)
22. 6083 Computer Science (Marks: Th-I-75+ Th-II-75+Pra-50=200)
 xiii
23. 6041 Geology (Marks: Th-I-85+ Th-II-85+Pra-30=200)
24. 6090 Agriculture (Marks: Th-I-85+ Th-II-85+Pra-30=200)
25. 6079 Nursing (Marks: Th-I-85+ Th-II-85+Pra-30=200)
26. 6022 Music (Marks: Th-I-40+ Th-II-40+Pra-120=200)
27. 6013 Military Science (Marks: Th-I-100+ Th-II-100=200)
28. 6038 Commercial Practice

庠äþĨď îຩĨᒅ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ⨽ Ĩď îຩĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩ志 哵 嚕 äĨ⸞ ĨÞ1996Ĩû噣 äĨ恗ï Ĩ㺸 ĨïĒîୢĨå ლ -1

Ĩ㥃Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î‫܉‬Ĩîþä(I-ď îຩ 志 哵 嚕 äĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏 ĨĜ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ䬊(Part Wise)

Ĝ㻠很 㲏 II-ď îຩ Ĩ志 哵 嚕 äĨü 䲅 ä
Ĩ徃 ᱑Ĩ㺶 Ĩú ⤔ äĨû嗚Ĩ㺸 II ⋐ ࿀îþäI⋐ ࿀Ĩ很 ‫ ޤ‬Ĩ㷨 Ĩ൝Ĩ⋐ ࿀ĨîþäĨě äĨ⋐ ࿀Ĩ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 Ĩ⨽ Ĩď îຩ -2

‫۔‬䆎
Ĝ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑䬊Ĩ媎 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜ ä⨭ þì Ĩ㥃 I ď îຩ -3

Ĝ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ䬊Ĩ啵 II ď îຩĨü 䲅 ä㥃Ĩü 㨾 ຩĨ䙯 傑 ĨîþäĨĜ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑䬊Ĩ啵 I ď îຩĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩ㹆 怐 äĨ凪 ⬧ ä -4

Ĝ䅎 Ĩ峤 Ĩ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ䮃 ຩĨęì㨱Ĩ㆏ þĨ㷨 ĨĒîୢĨ娽 î䁐Ĩᚕ Ĩ㷨 Ĩė þ娛 Ĩ啵 IIď îຩĨîþäI ď îຩ -5

I ď îຩĨęþĨîþäĨ
䅎 Ĩ很 ᱑ĨĚìĨě ìĨ㣰 ᔊĨ啵 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î‫܉‬Ĩ㱾Ĩü äî äþ哴 äĨ䰍 äþĨ嬸 峤Ĩ愡 ⻑ Ĩ啵 I ď îຩ -6

Ĝ䆎 Ĩ承 㨱Ĩ媎 Ĩî噣 äĨ㥃Ĩ嚆 Ĩ㺸

Ĩ戇ìĨᡀ ⡜Ĩ㺸 II ď îຩĨîäþ哴 äĨ弥 㱾Ĩ㽻 äĨ啵 Ĩ啓 偾 ü 傍 Ĩ䰍 äþĨ娛 Ĩ㭸 Ĩ⸞ Ĩ㝅 33Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äI ď îຩ -7

Ĩė þ娛 Ĩęì㨱 Ĩラ ⓥĨ啵 II ď îຩĨîþäI ď îຩĨ嚄 Ĩ㥃Ĩü äĨ憇 ì Ĩç îࣿ Ĩ䅎 Ĩ峤 Ĩç ï ᱑äĨ㷨 Ĩ嬸 㨱Ĩ恜 äĨ⸞ äᠢĨ嵗 ‹
Ĩð äĨ㷨 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨîþäĨ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ㷩 Ĩîᖯ Ĩü 䲅 äĨ峭 Ĩ愡 äĨ㱾IIď îຩĨîþä I ď îຩĨĜ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ㷩 ĨᎻ 亾 Ĩ࿀Ĩì୘ Ĩ㷨
Ĩ徉ĨĚîิĨĜ䅎 Ĩ峤 Ĩôþ俬 Ĩ࿀Ĩ嬸 峤Ĩㆈ ⓥĨ啵 Ĩ㨳 亾 Ĩ媛䲅 äĨę⻎ Ĩď 䆨äĨ㺸 Ĩð äĨ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩ啓 偾 ĨûᝯĨ㺸 Ĩü 䲅 ä
Ĩ㖓 Ĩ⸞ Ĩü 䲅 äĨĚ ㆈ ⓥĨ㖓 Ĩ⸞ Ĩ㨳 亾 Ĩ媛䲅 äĨîþäĨ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ徉ìĨ媎 Ĩ㡃 吴 Ĩ㜢 ㅨ äĨ弥 㱾Ĩ⸞ Ĩṏ þĨ೧ Ĩ㩴 Ĩ憇 ì
Ĝ䅎 Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ㷨 Ĩîᖯ ĨĚ ㆈ ⓥ
 xiv

Ĩ啵 Ĩė þ娛 Ĩ㑃 ĨîþäĨ㑵 䶬 Ĩ㺸 Ĩė þ娛 ĨĚ 恗ᒌ Ĩ啵 II ď îຩĨîþä I ď îຩĨ嚄 Ĩ┟ Ĩ㥃Ĩü 䲅 äĨ志 哵 嚕 ä -8

Ĝ㻠峤Ĩ࿀Ĩì୘ Ĩ㷨 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩð ຩĨę㐗 Ĩę㐗

ĨĚþ仅 Ĩ⸞ IBCC㱾Ĩė þî äþ哴 äĨ䰍 äþĨ嬸 㨱Ĩð ຩĨü 䲅 äĨĚ þ仅 Ĩ弥 㱾Ĩ徉ĨĚ äĨⴣ Ĩᾜ "O" Level -9

Ĝ䅎 峤Ĩç ï ᱑äĨ㷨 Ĩ找 ìĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩ志 哵 Ĩ嚕 äĨ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬜 ä㣡Ĩṏ þ亾 Ĩी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩラ ⓥĨᮑ ⨭

Ĝ㻠峤Ĩ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩç 㞑þäĨęì㨱 Ĩᘯ Ĩ⸞ Ĩ嗜 ᱑Ĩ㷨 ĨĒîୢĨ嬫 äîþìĨ㥃Ĩė ⋏࿀Ĩ㑃 ĨîþäĨĚ 恗ᒌ Ĩᒅ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ⨽ Ĩď îຩ -10
Ĝ䅎 峤Ĩ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩú þ〚 Ĩęì㨱ĨĚî᱑Ĩ㺸 ĨĒîୢĨ怾 îᎹĨĚ ✭ßĨ㷨 Ĩ䯻 Ĩ⟚ äìĨ啵 Ĩė 䎏 㥃Ĩ啵 Iď îຩ -11
Ĝ㻠Ĩ峤 Ĩ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩú þ〚 Ĩęì㨱Ĩü ㏵ äĨ㺸 ĨĒîୢĨú ⡜Ĩ寄 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㥃 IIď îຩĨîþäI ď îຩ -12
ĨⱫ Ĩ㷨 Ĩð ຩĨ㷨 Ĩ㟮 Ĩ㩴 ĨĜ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑㷩 ĨĚî᱑Ĩ吶 嗚Ĩö ㉗ äĨ㥃Ĩ嚄 Ĩø エ Ĩ㱾Ĩîäþ哴 äĨी Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 I ď îຩ -13
Ĝ䅎 Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ㷨 Ĩ媎 ĨĚî᱑
‫۔‬䅎 Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ㷨 ĨĚî᱑ĨⱫ Ĩी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱Ĩð ຩĨ࿀Ĩî㊓ Ĩ㑽 䶬 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㥃 II ď îຩĨîþäI ď îຩ -14
Ĩø エ ĨîþäĨㆈ ⓥĨ㖓 ĨÛĨ娛 Ĩ㭸 Ĩ⸞ 33%Ĩ啵 Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩü 傍 Ĩ೧ Ĩ㩴 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ弻 äĨ⥷ 㘄 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏 -15

Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㌤ ⹢äĨ㷨 (RESULT)嚄 Ĩ㺸 IĜď îຩĨü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜Ĩç 䆫ㇰÞ㉙ Ĩ䰍 äþĨ嬸 峤ĨĒ᳸ î

ĨĚîĨĜ嵉 Ĩ⫎ Ĩ㨱 Ĩラ ⓥ (RE-ADMISSION)⟚ äìĨęî‫܉‬þìĨ啵 Ĩęî äìäĨ೧ Ĩ㩴 Ĩî垆äĨ㺸 Ĩû徉äĜ30
Ĩ⸞ Ĩ亾 äĨð äĨęî äìäĨîþäĨ㻠Ĩ嵗 îĨîä㟥࢑Ĩ峭 Ĩ娛 Ĩ悡 ᳸ îĨন ⡜Ĩ㥃Ĩç 䆫ㇰĨÞ㉙ Ĩ䰍 äþĨ嬸 㨱Ĩラ ⓥĨ唅 恕ä
Ĝ㻠峤Ĩଦ ຩĨ㥃Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩ傟 Ĩ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩऎ ä㇌ ĨþĨ㍗ ä㣡Ĩ࿀Ĩî㊓ ĨĚ 恗ᒌ Ĩ㱾ĨĒîୢ
Ĩě ìĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏 Ĩęî‫܉‬þìĨ㨱 Ĩäþ㨱 Ĩ㺥 Ĩ䌔 ïîĨჄäĨç 䆫ㇰĨĨÞ㉙ Ĩð ຩĨ啵 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏 -16

Ĩ㺥 Ĩ䌔 ïîĨ䅎 峤Ĩç ï ᱑äĨ㷨 Ĩ嬸 㨱Ĩ憗 Ꮖ Ĩ೧ ĨĐ þ㽻 Ĩ啓 偾 ĨĨü 傍 ĨჄäĨ㱾î äþ哴 ĄäĨ悎 äĨĜĨ嵉 Ĩ⫎
ĨęþĨ㲁 Ĩ嵗 ĨĚîþㆈ Ĩ㹼 Ĩü äî äþ哴 äĨ䒲憎 îĨ屨 ᎹĨĜ䅎 Ĩ嵗 îĨú ࠹ Ĩ悡 ᳸ îĨ䬉äþĨᄸ Ĩ㷨 Ĩü äî äþ哴 äĨ䰍 ä嬪äþ㨱
Ĩ嚄 ĨĨ䌔 ïîĨჄäĨî垆äĨ㺸 Ĩû徉äĨĜ30Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㌤ ⹢äĨ㷨 (RESULT) 䌔 ïîĨ㺸 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏
Ĩ⸞ Ĩ嬸 äþ㨱 Ĩᶶ Ĩûî 㖵Ĩ⟚ äìĨ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨü äî äþ哴 Ą
äĨ志 径 ä࿀Ĩᱛ Ĩ徃 äþ㨱Ĩ㺥 ĨĨë 卺
Ĝ䆎 Ĩė 峤Ĩଦ ຩĨ㺸 Ĩ嬸 äþ㨱Ĩ㺥 Ĩ䌔 ïîĨę⻎ Ĩð ຩĨন ⡜ĨჄäĨᄸ
 xv

Ĩ志 径 ä࿀Ĩ悎 äĨᱛ ĨĜ䆎 Ĩ承 ìĨᡀ ⡜Ĩ㺸 IIď îຩĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Iď îຩĨç 䆫ㇰĨĨÞ㉙ Ĩę⻎ Ĩ㝟 Ĩ䒲憎 îĨø エ -17

Ĩ㥃 IIď îຩ‫اور‬Iď îຩĨĜĨ嵉 Ĩ⇡ Ĩ㨱 Ĩð ຩĨ㞢 Ĩú ⡜ĨþìĨü 䲅 äĨᮑ Ĩ⨭ Ĩú ⫦ ĨĚî⵺ ĨჄäĨṎ Ĩü ‫ا‬Ĩîäþ哴 ä

Ĝ䆎 Ĩė 峤Ĩ尪 äĨ㺸 Ĩ找 ìĨᡀ ⡜Ĩ愡 äĨü 䲅 ä
Ĩç 嗚䲅 äĨþìĨ徉Ĩü 䲅 äĨ愡 äĨ啵 Ĩ⭏ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩú ⤔ äĨ庾 äîíĨ庠᱑嗚Ĩ㱾Ĩᷩ Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ䒲憎 îĨ悎 äĨ㺸 Iď îຩ -18
‫اور‬Iď îຩĨîäþ哴 äĨ䒲憎 îĨîण Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜Ĩę弎 ßĨी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 峤Ĩ✆ ä⨱ ĨęþĨ峤 Ĩ䅏 Ĩ徉ìĨîä㟥Ĩ尪 ä嗚Ĩ㹼
Ĩ庾 äîíĨ庠᱑嗚㱾Ĩᷩ Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀Ĩ悎 äĨ㺸 Iď îຩĨê ㈲ Ĩⴣ ä‫۔‬嵉 Ĩ⫎ Ĩě ìĨü 䲅 äĨ㧍 äĨ㥃 II‫رٹ‬ຩ
Ĩę弎 ßĨी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 峤Ĩ✆ Ĩä⨱ ĨęþĨ峤 Ĩ䅏 Ĩ徉ìĨîä㟥Ĩ尪 äĨ嗚Ĩ㹼 Ĩç 嗚䲅 äĨþìĨ徉Ĩü 䲅 äĨ愡 äĨ࿀ĨÞ૾Ĩ㷨 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩú ⤔ ä
Ĩ㺸 Iď îຩĨĜ嵉 Ĩ⫎ Ĩě ìĨü 䲅 äĨ㧍 äĨ㥃 IIď îຩĨîþä Iď îຩĨîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀Ĩîण Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜
Ĩ徉ìĨîä㟥Ĩ尪 ä嗚Ĩ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩç 嗚䲅 äĨ府 äïĨ徉Ĩ᥉ Ĩ啵 Ĩ⭒ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩú ⤔ äĨ庾 äîíĨ庠᱑嗚Ĩ㱾Ĩᷩ î äþ哴 äĨ䒲憎 îĨ悎 ä
Ĩę弎 ßĨęþĨी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 峤Ĩ✆ Ĩä⨱ Ĝ姽 峤Ĩ媎 Ĩ尪 äĨ㺸 Ĩ找 ìĨü 䲅 ä㥃 IIď îຩĨᚪ Ĩ嬸 峤Ĩ✆ Ĩä⨱ ĨęþĨĜ峤Ĩ䅏
Ĩ㺸 Iď îຩĨê ㈲ Ĩⴣ äĜ姽 峤Ĩ尪 äĨ㺸 Ĩ找 ìĨü 䲅 ä㧍 äĨ㥃 IIď îຩĨîþäIď ຩĨîäþ哴 äĨ䒲憎 îĨîण Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 ä
Ĩ尪 ä嗚Ĩ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩç 嗚䲅 ä府äï Ĩ徉Ĩ᥉ Ĩ啵 Ĩ⭒ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩú ⤔ äĨ庾 äîíĨ庠᱑嗚Ĩ㱾Ĩᷩ Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀Ĩ悎 ä
Ĩ㧍 äĨ㥃IIď îຩîþäIď îຩĨîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀Ĩîण Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨę弎 ßĨी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 峤Ĩ✆ Ĩä⨱ ĨęþĨ峤 Ĩ䅏 Ĩ徉ìĨîä㟥
Ĩ嬸 ᱑Ĩ抜 ìĨîä㟥Ĩ尪 ä嗚Ĩ啵 Ĩç 嗚䲅 äĨ府 äï Ĩ⸞ Ĩ愡 äĨ啵 Iď îຩĨė ß࢑Ĩ恔 仁 Ĝ姽 峤Ĩ尪 äĨ㺸 Ĩ找 ìĨü 䲅 ä
Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ㷩 Ĩîᖯ (Notional) 䬉⠯ Ĩ垎 ‹Ĩ婨䆨⡜Ĩä⨭ þì Ĩᡀ ⡜Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜ ᄸ Ĩ垎 ‹Ĩ㥃Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ䰍 äþ
Ĩé îìĨç 徉⽂ Ĩ啵 Ĩ⭒ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩú ⤔ äĨ庾 äîíĨ庠᱑嗚Ĩ࿀Ĩᷩ Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀Ĩîþä䒲憎 îĨ㺸 II ď îຩĨĜ㻠
Ĩ㥃Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩę⻎ Ĩ㝟 Ĩ㺸 I ď îຩĨᡀ ⡜Ĩ㺸 II ď îຩĨ嫃 ĨĜ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ徉娝 Ĩᒅ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬜 ä㣡Ĩṏ þ亾 Ĩ㱾Ĩ䅎 Ĩė 峤
Ĝ䆎 Ĩė 峤Ĩ䁐 䆨Ĩ峭 Ĩ嬜 ä㣡Ĩṏ þ亾 Ĩ೧ Ĩ࿀Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ䰍 äþĨ找 ìĨü 䲅 ä
ǘ
Ĩ㭸 ĨïäĨ㭸 Ĩ⸞ Ĩ啵 Ĩė þ䮭 Ĩ䅍 ĨϔǎìĨ㫣 Ĩ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 Iď î ຩĨęþĨ㲁 Ĩ㻠Ĩ峤 Ĩûï 䆨Ĩ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ䒲憎 î -19
Ĩラ ⓥĨ恕㽻 ĨĚ äĨ㭸 ĨïäĨ㭸 Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨĒîୢĨ䬣 ⾸ Ĩù ⣰ äĨ很 ä࢑Ĩü 䲅 äĨ䍙 㥃ĨîþäĜ峤Ĩ嵢 îĨㆈ ⓥĨ啵 75%
Ĩü 䲅 äĨ䍙 㥃Ĩ嫃 Ĩ䅎 Ĩ峤 ĨĚ ଦ ຩĨ㷨 ĨĚ ㆈ ⓥĨ㷨 Ĩė þ䮭 75%Ĩ೧ Ĩ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 II ď îຩĨê ㈲ Ĩⴣ äĨ峤 㷩
Ĝ峤Ĩ㷩 Ĩラ ⓥĨ恕㽻 ĨĚ äĨ㭸 ĨïäĨ㭸 Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨĒîୢĨ䬣 ⾸ Ĩù ⣰ äĨ很 ä࢑
 xvi

ĨᠢĨ⫆ Ĩ೭ Ĩ媎 Ĩ⟚ äìĨ㥃Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ㩴 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏 Iď î ຩĨ⸞ Ĩṏ þĨ㷨 Ĩç 䆨ⓥĨ㍗ 仅 嗚Ĩęî äìäĨ弥 㱾Ĩ㽻 ä -20
Ĩ承 峤î‫ ܉‬IIď îຩĨ
⟚ äìĨ㥃Ĩð äĨîþäĨ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ徉ìĨ㨱 Ĩď 吴 þ࿀Ĩ啵 ĨĨ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î‫ ܉‬II- ď îຩ㱾Ĩîäþ哴 äĨð ä
IٰٰI ď îຩĨ࿀ĨÞ૾Ĩ㷨Ĩç 䆨ⓥĨ㍗ 仅 嗚Ĩ㽻 äĨ㻠Ĩě 㨱Ĩú ⡜î ä࿀Ĩ嬸 峤ĨĚîᄯĨė 徉ㆈ ⓥĨ啵 ĨĨď ï 㮓 ㌤ ᶣ
Ĩę弎 ßĨ⟚ äìĨ㥃Ĩð äĨ㺸 㨱 Detain ⸞ äᇆ ĨᠢĨė 峤Ĩᣲ 峤Ĩ婨ĨĚîᄯĨė 徉ㆈ ⓥĨ೧ Ĩ啵 ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î‫܉‬
ĨĚî᱑Ĩ娛 Ĩú þîĨ啵 Ĩü 䲅 ä㺸 I- ď îຩĨ⸞ Ĩṏ þĨ㩴 Ĩê ㈲ Ĩⴣ äĜ㻠Ĩě 㨱Ĩú ⡜î äĨ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜Ĩě ⨭ þì
Ĝ㻠Ĩ⬍ ᱑Ĩ೮ Ĩᡀ ⡜Ĩ㺸 II- ď îຩĨú ⡜Ĩ㿩 äĨ೧ Ĩ⟚ äìĨ㥃Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ䰍 äþĨ⫤ Ĩ㨱 Ĩ婨Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 峤
Ǘ
‫۔‬䅎 峤Ĩ人ßî㥃Ĩ೧ Ĩ䰋 Ĩ㺸 II- ď îຩĨ悡 ǂ‫ٳ‬ƢnjţîĨ䅋 Ĩ㷨 Ĩ啵 I- ď îຩĨ志 哵 嚕 ä -21
Ĩᘌ 䒲憎 îĨ⸞ Ĩṏ þĨ㷨 Ĩç 䆨ⓥĨ㍗ 仅 嗚ĨîþäĨ嵗 ĨᎹ峤 Ĩ愡 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 I- ď îຩĨîäþ哴 äĨ䒲憎 îĨ弥 㱾Ĩ㽻 ä -22
Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀Ĩîण Ĩ啵 II- ď îຩĨęþĨᠢĨĜ嵉 Ĩ媎 Ĩ䰍 äþĨ愰 ࿀Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩ⬍ äĨîþäĨ⫈ Ĩ㲡 îĨ媎 ĨĚî᱑
Ĝ嵗 Ĩ⫈ Ĩ峤 Ĩ剙 ⹢Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 ä
(As a Fresh ⸞ Ĩě ⨭ Ĩ媚 Ĩü 䲅 ä式 㭺 I I، Iď îຩĨ志 哵 Ĩ嚕 äĨ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜ ě ⨭ þì -23

Ĝ䅎 峤 Ĩç ï ᱑äĨ㷨 Ĩ找 ì Candidate)
Ĩ㨱 Ĩ剚Ĩ㱾Ĩė þ娛 Ĩ㑽 䶬 Ĩ㺸 II- ď îຩĨîþä I- ď îຩĨ㺸 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱Ĩð ຩĨü 䲅 äĨ志 哵 嚕 ä -24
Ĩ㿩 äĨ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩð ຩĨ㱾Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩü 傍 Ĩ㺸 Ĩᨮ î㮆 ĨĜ㻠峤Ĩ嗚㨱Ĩî⾛Ĩ㝟 Ĩ徉Ĩð ຩĨ啵 Ĩü 傍 Ĩ䳀
Ĩç 嗚䲅 äĨ㺸 II-ď îຩĨîþä I-ď îຩĨ㱾Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ寄 Ĩᒅ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ⼲ Ĩð äĨ䆎 Ĩ徃 ᱑Ĩ抜 ìĨ㡃 ä吴 Ĩ媛䲅 äĨ᥉ ĨĚî㜌
ĨîþäĨ嵗 Ĩ孫 îĨㆈ ⓥĨ㖓 Ĩ啵 Ĩď îຩĨ㩴 Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 傍 Ĩ㩴 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ弥 㱾Ĩ㽻 äĨ屨 ĨᎹĨ㻠Ĩ峤 Ĩ嗚Ĩ峤 Ĩ愡 ⻑ Ĩᡀ ⡜Ĩ愡 ä 啵
Ĩᦷ îຩĨė 婧þì 㺸 Ĩü 傍 Ĩð äĨ娛 Ĩęì㨱Ĩラ ⓥĨ㺸 Ĩð äĨ㲁 ĜĨ嵗 Ĩ䬤 Ĩ㨱 Ĩラ ⓥĨ娛 Ĩᠠ äĨęþĨ啵 Ĩď îຩĨě ⨭ þì
Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ㷩 Ĩ媎 Ĩð ຩĨ啵 Ĩü 傍 Ĩð äĨ㱾Ĩð äĨ೧ Ĩᇆ ĨᠢĨ徃 ᱑Ĩ峤 Ĩ೧ Ĩęì徉ï Ĩ徉Ĩ࢑ä࢑Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㑵 䶬 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㨵 î䰮Ĩð ຩĨ㺸
Ĩ㷩 Ĩ媎 Ĩラ ⓥĨ娛 Ĩ弥 㱾Ĩ嬸 Ĩð äĨ啵 Ĩď îຩĨě ⨭ þìĨ࿀Ĩ૾Ĩ㷨 Ĩ峣 îĨㆈ ⓥĨ㖓 Ĩ啵 Ĩď îຩĨ愡 äĨ㩴 Ĩ奡 㺮 ĨĜ㻠
Ĩð äĨ㱾Ĩð äĨ⫈ ᱑Ĩ媎 Ĩ徉剚Ĩᡀ ⡜Ĩ㺸 Ĩė þ娛 Ĩęì㨱 Ĩラ ⓥĨ㺸 Ĩď îຩĨě ⨭ þìĨ㱾Ĩď îຩĨㆈ ⓥĨ㖓 Ĩ䰋 Ĩð ä
Ĩ㖓 ĨęþĨ啵 Ĩᷩ Ĩ啓 偾 ĨĨü 傍 Ĩę⻎ Ĩ㝟 Ĩ㱾Ĩð äĨîþäĨ孆îĨㆈ ⓥĨ㖓 ĨęþĨ啵 Ĩᳮ Ĩ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ徉ìĨ㨱 Ĩ㝟 Ĩ啵 Ĩď îຩ
ǘ
Ĝ䆎 Ĩ徃 ᱑ĨϔǎìĨ㡃 ä吴 ĨĨ㡃 吴 Ĩ媛䲅 äĨ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㍗ ä㣡Ĩ㹼 Ĩ嬸 㨱Ĩð ຩĨĜᡁ Ĩ孆îĨㆈ ⓥ
 xvii

Ĩ㥃Ĩď îຩĨę⻎ Ĩ㝟 ĨęþĨĜ㻠峤Ĩ㝟 Ĩ⸞ Ĩå ╔ Ĩ㺸 Ĩė þ娛 Ĩęì㨱Ĩラ ⓥĨ啵 II-ď îຩĨîþä I-ď îຩî äþĨ哴 äṎ -25

II-ď îຩĨ
î þäĜĨ嵗 Ĩ䬤 Ĩ娛 40Ĩ啵 I-ď îຩĨ啵 Ĩü 傍 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㹆 怐 äĨîäþ哴 äĨ愡 äĨ㽻 äĨ䵨 ĨĜ㻠Ĩě ìĨü 䲅 ä
Ĩð äĨ嵉 Ĩ娛 Ĩ㭸 Ĩ⸞ Ĩ㝅 33Ĩ啵 II-ď îຩĨ㺸 Ĩð äĨ嵗 Ĩ଀ 64 =24+40Ĩ㑵 䶬 ĨᠢĨ嵗 Ĩ䬤 Ĩ娛 24啵
Ĝ㻠Ĩ峤 Ĩ戇ìĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩ㹆 怐 äĨ㥃 II-ď îຩĨø エ Ĩ⸞ äĨ䰋
ĨᎹ㨱Ĩ媎 Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 II-ď îຩĨ䮵 Ĩ嵗 ĨᎹ㨱 Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 I- ď îຩĨîäþ哴 äĨ弥 㱾Ĩ㽻 ä -26
Ĩ೧ ĨṎ Ĩ㊯ ࣢ Ĩᚪ Ĩú ⡜ĨþìĨęì徉ï Ĩ⸞ Ĩęì徉ï Ĩ徉Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 II-ď îຩĨ⬍ äĨ嚄 Ĩ㥃 I-ď îຩĨ㥃Ĩð äĨᠢ
Ĝ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ⯟ Ĩë 卺 Ĩ嚄 Ĩ抁Ĩी Ĩ㺸 Ĩð äĨĜ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ㲢 îĨõ为 Ĩ峤 Ĩ㡃 äþĨᄸ
i. For the purpose of improvement of grade/marks, a -27
candidate will be provided four examination opportunities
in current/prevalent syllabi within a period of three years
after having passed the SSC or HSSC Examination, in
the same subjects/group in which he/she previously
passed the examination subject to the condition that
he/she has not attained the higher qualification during
this period. However, it will be the choice of a candidate
whether he/she appears for improvement of marks in any
subject/s or Part I or II or as whole with the condition that
the candidate can avail these four chances mentioned
above till the improvement of the actual result within
three years. Once the result of the candidate is improved,
he/she will not be allowed to appear again.
ii. Next higher qualification means the completion of HSSC
or equivalent for candidate appearing to improve SSC
results and it is completion of Associate Degree in Arts
(ADA)/Associate Degree in Sciences (ADS)/ Bachelor of
Studies (BS) or equivalent for the candidates appearing
to improve HSSC results.
iii. The candidates appearing to improve their overall Grade
“E” or “D” are allowed to avail four chances within three
years till the achievement of overall Grade “C” (50%
marks).
iv. The candidate appearing for improvement after a gap of
two years from the year of passing of SSC/HSSC will
 xviii
have to provide an affidavit that he/she has not attained
the higher qualification.
v. The Result Sheet and Certificate issued by the Board
must reflect the number of attempts a candidate has
availed.
vi. Other rules of improvement currently in vogue in all
Boards of the Punjab will remain the same.
vii. As already notified by the PBCC, the candidates who had
appeared in SSC/HSSC Examination (Annual)
Examination 2020 and onward can avail these chances
if they have not improved their result previously. The
candidates having overall ‘E’ or ‘D’ grades may avail their
chances accordingly.
i. A candidate may appear in any number of additional -28
subject/s along with his/her group of subjects already
opted at SSC/ HSSC level in the same Board from where
he/she appeared in the SSC/HSSC examination. To
qualify the additional subject/s a candidate may avail the
same number of attempts as available for the regular
candidate to qualify the said examination.
ii. A candidate desirous of appearing in the subject(s) at the
level of HSSC examination having practical shall take
admission in affiliated institution as regular student,
attend classes and perform practical in laboratory.
Institutions shall forward his/her registration and
admission as regular student. However, the candidate
shall appear in both papers i.e. part-I and Part-II in 1st
annual and 2nd annual examinations in the current
course not offered by him/her previously.
Ĩ㧍 äĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃 II- ď îຩĨîþä I- ď îຩĨी Ĩ㺸 (Forgo) 嬸 ē⏢ Ĩ嚄 Ĩ㥃 I- ď îຩî äþ哴 äĨ೧ Ĩ弥 㱾 -29

Ĝ㻠Ĩ勖 Ĩ媎 Ĩ垎 ‹Ĩ㥃嬸 ૾Ĩ୩ Ĩ娛 Ĩी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩð ຩĨü 䲅 äĨ㱾Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ悎 äĨ剐 Ĩ嵗 Ĩ⫈ Ĩě ì

é äî垆ä㥃Ĩð äĨîþäĜ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ徉ä叭 Ĩ啵 Ĩ✭ ßĨ㺸 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 帴 î ‫܉‬Ĩ⸞ Ĩø ㈲ Ĩ㷨 Ĩė þî äìäĨ恕㽻 Ĩ㥃Ĩᓾ Ĩ⟞ äì -30

Ĝ㻠Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ㷩 Ĩ啵 Ĩᮑ Ĩ⨭ Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 䲅 ä II- ď îຩ

 xix

Ĩð ຩĨü 䲅 äĨ㺸 II- ď îຩĨîþäI- ď îຩĨ࿀Ĩî㊓ Ĩ㑽 䶬 Ĩ㱾Ĩü äî äþ哴 äĨ㞺 þĨᥢ 㨱ĨᎻ 亾 Ĩ嚄 㥃 I ď îຩ -31
ǘ
Ĩ幯 ㌑îĨ抁Ĝ䆎 Ĩ徃 ᱑Ĩϔǎì娛 Ĩ幯 ㌑îĨîण Ĩ㝅 Ĩ愡 äĨ㥃Ĩė þ娛 1200Ĩ惠 ėþ娛 Ĩ㫣 Ĩ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱
ǘ
Ĩ娛 Ĩ幯 ㌑îĨ弥 㱾Ĩ㞺 þĨᥢ 㨱ĨᎻ 亾 Ĩ嚄 Ĩ㥃 I ď îຩĨĜ䆎 Ĩ徃 ᱑ĨϔǎìĨ啵 Ĩ⿘ þîĨ㷨 ĢĤ娛 Ĩत ㅨ Ĩ㺸 ĨĒîୢĨ娛
ǘ
Ĩᶶ Ĩûî㖵Ĩ⟚ äìĨ㺸 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㿩 äĨęþᠢĨ孫 ‹Ĩ䯩 Ĩ媎 Ĩ娛 幯 ㌑îĨîäþ哴 äĨ弥 㱾Ĩ㽻 äĨ屨 ĨᎹĨĜ䆎 Ĩ徃 ᱑ĨϔǎìĨ媎
Ǘ ū
Ĩ呲 Ĩ㥃Ĩ亾 äĨð äĨ吶 嗚Ĩ☌ Ĩę⻎ Ĩ愈 ᖗ Ĩ㥃Ĩú þäĨṏ îìĨ志 ǂ‫ٳ‬ƢnjŧĨ࿀Ĩኾ Ĩû⺧ äĨî垆äĨî垆äĨ㺸 Ĩú þ〚 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 äþ㨱
Ĩ嗚峤Ĩ媎 Ĩð ຩĨ㨱 Ĩ䰍 Ĩ恛 㽻 ĨęþĨ奡 㺮 Ĩ很 ᱑Ĩ徉ìĨ㨱 Ĩ㝟 Ĩ啵 Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩü 傍 Ĩ䰍 äþĨ恛 㽻 Ĩ⸞ äĨ㲁 Ĩ㻠Ĩě 㨱
Ĩ弥㱾Ĩ峭 Ĩ婨ĨîþäĨ嵗 Ĩ䬊 Ĩ⟚ äìĨ啵 Ĩ䍙 㥃Ĩ㩴 ĨᠢĨ婨Ĩ࿀ĨĒîĨ㥃Ĩ䌔 ïîĨ䰍 äþĨ㨵 î䰮Ĩ恛 㽻 Ĩ嬸 Ĩð äĨ㲁 Ĩ抁Ĩ嫃 Ĝ嵺 ‹
Ĩጦ Ĩ㺸 Ĩ喆 嗚Ĩ☌ Ĩð äĨĜ㻠Ĩ姽 䰮Ĩ媎 Ĩ࿄ äþĨ嚄 Ĩ䆨äþĨ㨵 î䰮Ĩ恛 㽻 ĨęþĨę弎 ßĨ㲁 Ĩ೧ Ĩ抁Ĩ嫃 Ĩ嵗 Ĩ㷨 Ĩ䱰 ï 剚
Ĩ䅎 Ĩ很 ᱑ĨĚìĨě ìĨç ï ᱑äĨ㷨 Ĩ找 ìĨü 䲅 äĨęî‫܉‬þìĨ啓 Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩü 傍 Ĩę⻎ Ĩ㝟 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㨱 Ĩ㝟 Ĩ㱾Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ塴
ĨᠢĨ嵗 ‹Ĩ䯩 Ĩ䌔 ïîĨ䆨äþĨᨮ î㮆 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ㽻 äĨĜ峤Ĩ㣰 ‫܉‬Ĩ㡃 ä吴 ĨĨ㡃 吴 Ĩ䰍 äþĨᨮ î㮆 Ĩ㺸 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ㊯ ࣢
Ĝ嵗 Ĩ⫈ Ĩ᱑Ĩ㷩 ĨĚî᱑ĨĒî㥃Ĩ䌔 ïîĨ媜Ĩ࿀Ĩ彛 äìäĨ㷨 Ĩ㜶 Ĩęï 䶮 Ĩ㱾Ĩð ä
Ĩ㥃 II- ď îຩĨी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱Ĩ㥵 ⻑ 啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 I- ď îຩĨ㺸 ĨĒîୢĨ愡 äĨ㩴 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ弥 㱾Ĩ㥃Ĩ志 哵 嚕 ä -32
Ĩě ⨭ þìĨ೧ Ĩ㩴 Ĩᒅ Ĩ㺸 Ĩऎ ä㇌ ĨþĨ㍗ ä㣡Ĩṏ þ亾 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩ啓 偾 ü 傍 Ĩę⻎ Ĩ㝟 Ĩ㺸 I- ď îຩĨîþäĨü 䲅 ä
ĨĚìĨî‫܉‬Ĩ愡 äĨø エ Ĩ啵 Ĩⵤ Ĩ凪 㸮 ä Ĩ嬫 äîþìĨᘏ Ĩě îᄯĨ䉺 ⴑ Ĩ抁Ĩ䮵 ĨĜ㻠Ĩ峤 Ĩ尪 äĨ㥃Ĩ找 ìĨ啵 ĨĒîୢ
Ĝ䅎 Ĩ很 ᱑
Ĩ媎 Ĩ尪 äĨ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱Ĩî✔ äĨü 傍 Ĩ弥 㱾Ĩ恜 äĨ啵 Ĩç 嗚䲅 äĨ㺸 II- ď îຩĨîþä I- ‫ٹ‬îຩ‫ان‬Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀ -33

Ĝ峤Ĩ剙 ⹢Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㑃 Ĩ啵 Ĩᳮ Ĩ䆎 Ĩė 峤

ĨîþäĨූ Ĩú ⡜Ĩ愡 äĨ㭸 ĨïäĨ㭸 Ĩᄸ Ĩ⸞ Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 I- ď îຩĨ嬸 Ĩð äĨ㲁 Ĩ㻠Ĩ峤 Ĩûï 䆨Ĩ㹼 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀ -34

Ĝ峤Ĩ㷩 Ĩð ຩĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩĕ 咦 Ĩූ Ĩú ⡜ĨþìĨ㭸 ĨïäĨ㭸 Ĩ⸞ Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㺸 II- ď îຩ

ĨĜ嵗 ĨᎹຩĨîä㟥Ĩ尪 äĨ㹼 Ĩü 䲅 äĨîþäĨ嵗 Ĩ೯ Ĩ⟚ äìĨ㥃Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩ弒 ⡜Ĩ㺸 II- ď îຩî äþ哴 äĨ䒲憎 îĨ弥 㱾㽻 ä -35
Ĩü 䲅 äĨ࿀Ĩî㊓ Ĩ志 径 ä࿀Ĩᡀ ⡜Ĩ㺸 Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩ弒 ⡜ĨęþĨĜ⫈ Ĩ㨱 Ĩ媎 Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ⸞ Ĩṏ þĨ㩴 Ĩ䮵
Ĩ勒 Ĩ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 婧㞑Ĩṏ þ亾 (Chance) 㡃 ä吴 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ⸞ äĨ䆯 äĨĜ嵗 ⫈ Ĩě ì
Ĝ㻠Ĩ峤 îᖯ Ĩę⻎ Ĩęì⤚ äĨ垎 ‹ĨęþĨ峤 Ĩ㷩 Ĩ庾 ㅨ Ĩì⠩Ĩ⸞ Ĩṏ þĨ㩴 Ĩ嬸 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ㱾Ĩ垎 ‹Ĩᳮ ĨĜ䆎
 xx

Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀Ĩࡖ ĨĜ峤Ĩ剙 ⹢Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㑃 Ĩ啵 Ĩᷩ Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩ悎 äĨ㺸 Ĩᦷ îßĨ徉Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ弒 ⡜ -36

ĨûᝯĨ㺸 Ĩ㨱 Ĩ䬣 ⾸ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ⸞ Ĩ⚜ Ĩ㷨 Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ䒲憎 îĨᄸ Ĩü äî äþ哴 äĨṎ Ĩ䆯 äĨ⫎ ᱑Ĩ㺶 Ĩ媎 Ĩî✔ ä
Ĝ嵉 Ĩ⫎ Ĩ峤 Ĩ剙 ⹢Ĩîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀Ĩîण Ĩ啵 Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩ䰍 äþĨ愰 ࿀ĨęþĨᠢĨė 峤Ĩ⇡ Ĩ㨱 Ĩ✆ Ĩ㡃 ä吴
Ĩð ຩĨü 䲅 ä㥃 I- ď îຩĨ䒲憎 îĨîण Ĩ啵 Ĩ啓 偾 ĨĨü 傍 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ愰 ࿀Ĩ徉ĨĐ þ㽻 Ĩ弒 ⡜Ĩ嬸 î äþ哴 äĨ㩴 Ĩ㽻 ä -37
Ĩ塴 Ĩ嚄 Ĩ㥃 I- ď î ຩĨჄäĨęþĨᠢĨ峤 Ĩ⫆ Ĩ㲡 îĨ婨ĨĚî᱑Ĩ㐇 Ĩ䆪 ㇰĨ䒲憎 î Ĩîण Ĩᘌ Ĩᄣ äĨęþĨ⸞ Ĩṏ þĨ㩴 Ĩ䮵 Ĩ峤 Ĩ䬊㨱
Ĩîण Ĩü 䲅 äĨ㥃 II- ď îຩĨîþä I- ď îຩĨ峤 Ĩ婨Ĩ愰 ࿀Ĩ啵 Ĩᷩ Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩ悎 äĨ㺸 Ĩᦷ îßĨ很 峤Ĩᥢ 㨱Ĩïä垆ä
Ĝ㻠Ĩ峤 Ĩ尪 äĨ㥃Ĩ找 ìĨîäþ哴 äĨ志 径 ä࿀
Ĩ嬸 峤Ĩㆈ ⓥĨ㖓 Ĩ࿀Ĩî㊓ Ĩ㭌 Ĩी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 峤ĨĚî᱑Ĩ娛 Ĩú þîĨ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜Ĩď ï 㮓 Ĩ徉 II- ď îຩĨ志 哵 嚕 ä -38
Ĝ䅎 Ĩ峤 Ĩç ï ᱑äĨ㷨 Ĩ㥵 ⻑ Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨ婨䆨⡜ĨĨě ⨭ þì Ĩ㺸 Ĩú ⡜Ĩð äĨ೧ 㱾Ĩü äî äþ哴 ä䰍 äþ
ी Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩð ຩĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩę㖓 þĨ㄰ ⛪Ĩ抁婧᯳吶 ㌑Ĩ抁婧᯳ O-A Level / ṎĨîäþ哴 ĄäĨ悎 ä -39
Ĩी Ĩ嬸 㨱 Ĩð ຩĨü 䲅 äĨ㥃Ĩ啓 偾 Ĩü 傍 Ĩ悦 恕äĨ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ䬴 Ĩęì㨱ĨĚî᱑Ĩ⸞ Ĩø ㈲ Ĩ㷨 IBCC
ĨĜ嵉 Ĩ⫎ Ĩ㨱 Ĩラ ⓥĨ㡃 吴 Ĩ愡 äĨî垆äĨ㺸 Ĩú ⡜ĨþìĨ䰋 Ĩ㺸 Ĩ嬸 ૾Ĩ୩ 恕㽻 ୩ Ĩ娛 Ĩ঎ 傑 Ĩ㺸 Ĩü 婧㞑‫ڈ‬îୢ
Ĝ䆎 Ĩ徃 ᱑Ĩ徇 ìĨ媎 Ĩ娛 Ĩ幯 ㌑îĨ㺸 Ĩ㟮 Ĩ೧ Ĩ㩴 Ĩ㱾Ĩü äî äþ哴 ĄäĨ悎 äĨė ä࢑Ĩ恔仁
Ĩ㥃I-ď îຩĨø エ Ĩęî‫܉‬þìĨ啵 Ĩç îㄯ Ĩ㷨 Ĩ嬸 峤Ĩㆈ ⓥĨ㖓 㝟 Ĩ啵 Ĩü 䲅 äĨď ï 㮓 II-ď îຩĨ志 哵 嚕 ä -40
Ĝ㻠Ĩ⬍ Ĩ᱑Ĩ徉ìĨ媎 Ĩü 䲅 ä
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 1
2 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 3
4 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

PAKISTANI CULTURE
(For Foreign Students Only in lieu of Urdu Compulsory)
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each)
(Outlines of tests)
Marks : 100 CLASS XI (PART I) Time : 3 Hours
1. Geography:
(i) Land : Physical features, rivers, canals and
communications gateways to Pakistan. Climate,
important cites, hill stations.
(ii) People: Population distribution (Rural and Urban) Racial
features, religions, dress and customs.
(iii) Influence of Geography on culture.

2. Islamic Heritage.
(i) Advent of Islam: The Holy Prophet
Ä ȻɟȳÆȑ˜ȻʄüÄǽ¾ȻɟÆȦÄȒÄʋȻɟȹȒȑȻʄÄÇǭÄȻŹÇȳÆDŽÄÇʮȑȻȔÄljǀǙ)
ÄȻɟȳÆǃǀǖÄǭș¾
(ȔÄÄÇȒǥ¾ Ä ÄÈ Å Ä Å Ä and the Holy Quran.
(ii) Islamic Principles and Ideology.
(iii) Islam in the sub-continent: Contribution of Arabs,
Turks, Afghans and Mughals in the spread of Islamic
culture.
(iv) Culture:- Defintion – Islamic Culture – its distinctive
features.
3. Archeological Heritage of Pakistan.
(i) Mohenjodaro (ii) Taxila (iii) Gandhara
(iv) Bhamboore (v) Mainamati (East Pakistan)
(vi) Thatta (vii) Multan (viii) Lahore
(ix) Peshawar.
4. Making of Pakistan. (1857-1947) Political, Ideological
and Socio-economical background.
5. (i) National and Regional Languages, their impact on
Everyday life
(ii) Family Pattern in Pakistani Society.
6. Arts and Crafts.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 5
Recommended Books:
1. Pakistani way of Life
By Dr. Ishtiaq Hussain Qureshi (Published in London)
2. The Pakistani way of life and Culture
By Dr.Abdul Hamid
(M/S Publishers United, Lahore)
Marks : 100 CLASS XII (PART II) Time: 3 Hours
1. Factors Leading to October Revolution of 1958.
2. Broad Features of the Constitution of Pakistan.
3. A detailed study of the Basic Democracies.
4. Economic Resources of Pakistan:
i- Products and Minerals
ii- Agriculture and Industrial developments.
iii- Trade and commerce.
5. Education in Pakistan
i- Primary and Secondary
ii- Universities.
iii- Technical.
6. Pakistan and the World:
i- Pakistan and its neighbours – Kashmir, China, Russia,
Afghanistan, Bharat, Burma.
ii- Pakistan and Muslim countries.
iii- Pakistan and the Commonwealth.
Recommended Books:
1. Pakistani way of Life
By Dr. Ishtiaq Hussain Qureshi (Published in London)
2. The Pakistani way of life and Culture
By Dr.Abdul Hamid
(M/S Publishers United, Lahore)
3. Pakistan its Resources and Potentialities
By Dr.M.B. Pithawala
(M/S Publishers United, Lahore)
4. Pakistan Way of Life & Culture
By Sher Muhammad Garewal
 6 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

ENGLISH
Marks: 100 CLASS XI (PART I) Time: 3 Hours
1. Book I (Short Stories) 20
2. Book III (Plays & Poetry) (15+15) 30
3. Composition:-
a) Letter / Application Writing 10
b) Story Writing (With Choice) 10
4. Applied Grammar:- (5+5+5) 15
a)Correct use of Tenses
b)Punctuation
c)Differentiation in Meaning of Words (Pair of Words)
5. Retranslation:- 15
(A Continuous Prose Passage from Book-I Total 100
English into Urdu)
5. An unseen Paragraph in English OR
Candidate whose medium of examination is English will
write an Eassy on…………
Marks : 100 CLASS XII (PART II) Time: 3 Hours
1. Book II 30
(Modern Prose and Heroes) (15+15)
2. Novel:- 20
3. Composition:- 15
(Descriptive and Narrative Essays
consisting of 300 to 400 words)
4. Applied Grammar:- 20
a- Correction of Common Errors
b- Direct and indirect narration
c- Use of Prepositions.
d- Phrases of current usage. (Idioms)
5. Translation:- 15
(A Continuous Prose Passage from Total: 100
Urdu into English) OR
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 7
5. Candidate whose mediam of examination is
English will write a paragraph on…………..

English Book – I
Compilers : 1.Bashir Ahmad Chaudhary 2. Qazi Sajjad Ahmad
Editor: Mrs. Shahida Rasul
Publishers: Punjab Text Book Board, Lahore
Intermediate English Book – II
Publishers:
1. Niaz Book Depot 2. Tariq Pulishing House 3. Wajid Ali
Author: Dr. Muhammad Sadiq
Editor: Mrs. S.M. Suleri
English Book – III
Compilers:1. Rafiq Mahmood 2. Bashir Ahmad Chaudhary
3. Qazi Sajjad Ahmad 4. Mian Muhammad Afzal
5. Razzi Abidi 6. Shahid Imtiaz

A New Anthology of Essays

Publisher: Ejaz Publishers
Author: 1. Prof Dr. Imdad Hussain 2. Mrs. S.M. Suleri
Editor: Mrs. S.M. Suleri
A New Anthology of Poems
Publisher: Furqan Brothers
Author: 1. Dr. M.Sadiq 2.Riaz Hussain
Editor: Prof Riaz Hussain
Good By Mr. Chips
Publisher:Oxford University Press
Author: Games Hilton
8 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 9
10 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

PAKISTAN STUDIES (Compulsory)

Marks : 50 CLASS XII Time: 2 Hours

Chapter 1. ISLAM AND PAKISTAN

1. Islam as the Ideological Base of Pakistan

2. The Sunnah of Hazrat Muhammad
ǃǀǖÄǭÈę¾ Æ ȻɟÆȦÄȒʋȻɟȹȒȑȻʄÄ
ȔÄÄ
( ÄȻɟȳÆ
ÇȒǥ¾ ÄȻɟȳȑ˜ȻʄüÄǽ¾
Ä ÈÄÅ ÇǭÄȻŹÄÇȳÆDŽÄ
ÇʮȑȻȔÅÄljǀǙ)
Ä
3. Basic Principles of Islam
4. Definition and Funcitons of an Islamic Welfare
State
5. Basic Principles of an Islamic Welfare State
6. Pakistan as a Modern Islamic State Delineated by
Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah (ɟÆÇȦÄȒÄʋȻɟÆȹȒȑ
ÓķʱʺKʱ),
ʵ

Allama Muhammad Iqbal (ɟÆÇȦÄȒÄʋȻɟÆȹȒȑ
ÓķʱʺKʱ), Liaqat Ali Khan

ʵ

and Objectives Resolution

7. Objectives Resolution
8. Islam and Modernism
9. Promotion of Peace, Tolerance and Co-Existence in
Islam

Chapter 2. POLITICAL AND CONSTITUTIONAL

DEVELOPMENT

1. Progress and Problems of Democracy in Pakistan

2. Role of Political Parties in Promoting of
Decmocracy in Pakistan
3. Salient Features of the Constitution of 1956
4. Salient Features of the Constitution of 1962
5. Reasons and Impacts of Separation of East Pakistan
6. Salient Features of the Constitution of 1973
7. Federal Structure under the Consitution of 1973
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 11
8. Structure of Provincial Governments
9. Role of Judiciary in Pakistan under the Constitution
of 1973
10. Fundamental Rights under the Constitution of 1973
11. Islamic Provisions under the Constitution of 1973
12. Important constitutional Amendments

Chapter 3. ADMINISTRATIVE SYSTEM

1. Functions of Federation and Provinces in the Light

of the Constitution of 1973
2. Difference between Function of Central and
Provincial Governments
3. Administrative Structure and Functions of Azad
Jammu and Kashmir and Gilgit Baltistan
4. Nature of the Relationship between the Federal and
Provincial Governments
5. Relations between the Federation and the Provinces
6. Mutual Relationship between Provincial and Local
Governments
7. Structure of Different Levels of Local Government
8. Rural Areas
9. Urban Areas
10. Functions of Local Governments at Various Levels
11. Functions of the Metropolitan / Municipal
Corporation

Chapter 4. HUMAN RIGHTS

1. Concept of Human Rights

2. Islamic Concept of Human Rights
3. Citizen’s Rights in Islam
4. United Nations Universal Declaration of Human
Rights
12 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
5. Comparison of the Rights Granted under the
Constitution of Pakistan and the Human Rights of
the United Nations
6. Nature of Basic Human Rights in Pakistan
7. Human Rights at National and International Level

Chapter 5. EDUCATION SYSTEM OF PAKISTAN

1. Concept of Education
2. Goals of Education System of Pakistan
3. Main Features of Education System of Pakistan
(Primary, Elementary, Secondary, Higher Secondary
and Professional Education)
4. Professional, Technical and Vocational Education in
Pakistan.
5. Education System of Pakistan with Reference to
General Education
6. Concept of Education in Pakistan
7. Challenges of Education in Pakistan
8. Suggestions for Resolving Educational Problems

Chapter 6. SPORTS AND TOURISM

1. Importance of Sport in a Society

2. Profile of Pakistan in World Sports
3. Indoor Games
4. Indigenous Games of Pakistan
5. Other Games
6. Tourism as an Industry
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 13

Prescribed Book:
Pakistan Studies (Urdu & English Version)

Authors:
1.Prof. (R) Dr. Sultan Khan
2.Prof. Dr. Nouman Aftab Dar
3.Prof. Dr. Amir Ali
4.Prof. Rana Muhammad Asghar Meo

Published by:
Eagle Book Centre, Mandi Bahauddin

Printed by:
Qudrat Ullah Printers, Lahore
 14 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

CIVICS (Compulsory)
(For non Muslim Students only in lieu of Islamiat Compulsory)
(There will be one paper of 50 Marks)
(Outlines of tests)
Marks : 50 Time: 2 Hours

The outline of the courses contains the following major themes and their contents:-
CHAPTER – I MAN AND SOCIETY

1. Sociability of man
2. Survival and development
3. Impact of social environment of man
4. Processes of socialization
5. Nature of Associations, their kinds (Voluntary /
compulsory) and functions
6. Concepts of Family, Nation, Millat and state
7. Independence of the Individual and society

CHAPTER – II INDIVIDUAL AND STATE

1. Meaning of State and its elements (Population, Territory,

Government and Sovereignty)
2. Islamic Concept of State
3. Functions of State (Defence, Law and Order welfare etc.)
4. Organs of Government Legislature. Executive and judiciary
5. Forms of Government
6. Law, Liberty and Equality

CHAPTER – III INDIVIDUAL AND THE WORLD

1. Rationale of International Cooperation, Fields of Cooperation

(Political, Economic, Social, Cultural, Educational, Scientific,
Technology etc)
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 15
2. UN Aims and Object, main organs and specialized agencies
(UNE, UNESCO, UNICEF, WHO)

CHAPTER – IV CITIZENSHIP

1. Meaning of Citizenship
2. Modes of acquiring and losing citizenship
3. Status of aliens
4. Qualities of good citizenship
5. Rights and Duties of Citizen in a State
6. Fundamental Human Rights

CHAPTER–V RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF A CITIZEN IN

PAKISTAN

1. Rights and Duties of Citizen in Islamic State with special

reference to Khutba-e-Hujjat-ul-Wida
2. Constitutional provisions regarding rights and duties of citizen.
3. Rights and Duties of Non-Muslim in Pakistan under the
Constitution.
16 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 17
18 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

HISTORY OF PAKISTAN
Marks : 100 PART I (1857 TO 1947) Time : 3 Hours
CHAPTER – I TWO NATIONS THEORY IN SOUTH ASIA WITH
SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE IDEAS OF
ALBERUNI, MUJADDID ALIF SANI & SHAH
WALIULLAH
CHAPTER – II WAR OF INDEPENDENCE, 1857:
1. Its causes.
2. Main events with special reference to the role of the people
of the areas which now constitute Pakistan.
3. Aftermath, Govt. India Act, 1858. India Council Act, 1861.
CHAPTER – III SIR SYED AHMED KHAN
1. His Political ideas and role: Urdu-Hindi controversy.
2. His Educational & Social Services.
CHAPTER – IV RELIGIOUS & POLITICAL MOVEMENT
1. Bhramo Samaj
2. Arya Samaj
3. Indian National Congress, 1885.
4. Deoband
5. Nadvatul Ulama
CHAPTER –V PARTITION OF BENGAL 1905
1. Causes of the Partition
2. Hindu reaction
3. Muslim reaction
4. Its Annulment, 1911
CHAPTER –VI SIMLA DEPUTATION & THE BIRTH
OF ALL-INDIAN MUSLIM LEAGUE:
CHAPTER –VII POLITICAL STRUGGLE
1. Govt. of India Act, 1892.
2. Minto – Moreley Reforms, 1909
3. Luckhnow Pact, 1916
4. Government of India Act, 1919
5. Khilafat Movement
6. Nehru Report
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 19
7. Jinnah’s 14 points.
8. All-Farties Muslim Conference.
CHAPTER –VIII ALLAMA IQBAL AND HIS ALLAHABAD
ADDRESS, 1930.
CHAPTER – IX CHAUDHARY REHMAT ALI & HIS
CONTRIBUTION IN THE PAKISTAN
MOVEMENT
CHAPTER –X ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE & THE
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ACT, 1935:
1. First Round Table Conference
2. Second Round Table Conference
3. Third Round Table Conference
4. Communal Award.
5. Salient Features of Govr. India 1935 Act.
6. Creation of Sind as a separate Province.
CHAPTER –XI ELECTION OF 1937 & CONGRESS
MINISTRIES:
Formation of congress Ministries ; and their anti-Muslim Policies.
CHAPTER –XII REORGANIZATION OF MUSLIM
LEAGUE UNDER QUAID-I-AZAM.
CHAPTER –XIII THE LAHORE RESOLUTION, 1940:
CHAPTER –XIV TOWARDS PAKISTAN :
1. Cripps Mission
2. Cabinet Mission
3. Elections of 1945-46.
4. Interim Government
5. Third June, 1947 Plan.
6. Birth of Pakistan
20 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

Marks : 100 PART II (1947 TO 1973) Time : 3 Hours

CHAPTER – I ESTABLISHMENT OF PAKISTAN & ITS
EARLY PROBLEMS
1. Refugee Problems
2. Administrative & Economic Problems
3. Kashmir Issue and Water Dispute.
CHAPTER – II POLITICAL & CONSTITUTIONAL
DEVELOPMENTS 1947-58
1. First Constituent Assembly & Objectives Resolution.
2. Second Constituent Assembly: Consititution of 1956 and its
working.
3. Formation of One Unit.
CHAPTER – III AYUB ERA:
1. Causes of the imposition of Martial Law, 1958.
2. Constitution of 1962
3. Ayub’s Reforms
4. Indo-Pak War 1965
CHAPTER – IV YAHYA’S MARTIAL LAW:
1. Dissolution of One Unit
2. Elections of 1970
CHAPTER –V CONSTITUTIONAL CRISIS OF 1971 & THE
SEPARATION OF EAST PAKISTAN
1. Six points of Sheikh Mujeeb ur Rehman
2. Indian Intervention in East Pakistan
3. Army Action
4. Indian Aggression
5. Separation of East Pakistan
CHAPTER –VI PEOPLES PARTY GOVERNMENT :
1. Immediate Problems
2. P.O.Ws. issue
3. Simla Agreement
4. The Constitution of 1973
CHAPTER –VII FOREIGN POLICY:
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 21

HISTORY OF MODERN WORLD

Marks : 100 PART I (1904 TO 1945) Time : 3 Hours
1. Introduction to Modern World (Geo-political)
2. Russo-Japanese war 1904-05. Its effects
3. Young Turks (1908)
4. First World War
i- Causes
ii- Effects
5. Peace Treaties
i- Versaills
ii- Sevres and Lausanne
6. League of Nations:
i- Its formation
ii- Objectives
iii- Working
iv- Its success and failure
7. Russain Revolution of 1917:
i- Causes
ii- Events
iii- Effects and Results
iv- Role of main leaders.
8. Rise of Dictatorship in Europe.
i- Italy
ii- Germany
iii- Spain
9. Afro-Asian countries:
i- Balfour Declaration and Palestine problem
ii- Egypt and Arab Nationalism
iii- Syed Jamaluddin Afghani and Pan-Islamism
iv- Modern Turkey
10. Second World War:
Causes and effects
11. United Nations:
i- The Atlantic charter
ii- Objectives
22 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
iii- Organs of United Nations (General Assembly, Security
Council, International Court of Justice, W.H.O. ILO.,
UNESCO, UNICEF, F.A.O.

12. Personalities:
Mustafa Kamal Atta Turk, Dr. Sun Yat Sen, Saad Zaghlol Pesha,
Roosevelt, Churchill, Quaid-i-Azam, Allama Iqbal, Mr. Ghandi,
Maulana Muhammad Ali Johar, Sir Syed Ahmed Khan.

Marks : 100 PART II (1945 TO 1975) Time : 3 Hours

1. Emergence of U.S.A. as world power.
2. Rise of Modern China
3. Freedom movements in Asia, Africa and Middle East.
4. Regional Defence Pacts:
NATO, WARSAW, CENTO, SEATO
5. The Israel and the Arabs
6. The importance of oil and the world politics.
7. Pakistan and the world with special reference to Islamic
Countries
8. Indo-Pakistan relations
9. Personalities
i- Mao Tse-Tung
ii- Chau-en-Lai
iii- Dr. Ahmed Soekarno
iv- Jamal Abdul Nasir
v- Shah Faisal
vi- Eishenhower
vii- J.L.Nehru
viii- Ho Chi Minh
ix- Gen. De-Gaulle
x- Marshall Tito
xi- Miss Fatima Jinnah
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 23
HISTORY OF MUSLIM INDIA
Marks : 100 PART I Time : 3 Hours
CHAPTER – I ADVENT OF ISLAM IN INDIA
Concepts Contents
1. Advent of Islam being new code of 1. Advent of Islam in India
life. 2. Advent of Islam in India from the
2. Faith, discipline, Jihad, martyrdom period of Hazrat Muhammad
ǃǀǖÄǭÈę¾ Æ ȻɟÆȦÄȒʋȻɟȹȒȑȻʄÄ
( ÄȻɟȳÆ
ÄȒǥ¾
ȔÄÇ ÄȻɟȳȑ˜ȻʄüÄǽ¾
Ä ÈÄÅ ÇǭÄȻŹÄÇȳÆDŽÇ
ÄʮȑȻȔÅÄljǀǙ)
3. Muslim brotherhood
Ä to 712
4. Succession
A.D.
5. Consolidation
3. Advent of Islam from 712 A.D.
6. Tolerance
onwards.
(The historical events will be
(Advent of Islam will be discussed in
discussed by emphasizing the
the socio-political perspective – the
above concepts)
impact of change will be observed.
CHAPTER – II GHAZNAVI AND GHAURI DYNASTIES
1. Ghaznavi Dynasty: 1. Sultan Mahmood Ghaznavi’s Rule in
2. Sultan Mahmood Ghaznavi. the context of:
3. Ghauri Dynasty Early life – rise to power.
4. Sultan Shahabuddin Muhammad Expenditions and establishment.
Ghauri. Socio-cultural impact.
Fall of Ghaznavi Dynasty.
2. Sultan Shahabuddin Muhammad
Ghauri’s rule in the context of:
Early life.
Rise to power
Conquests
Socio-cultural impact
Fall of Ghauri Dynasty
CHAPTER – III SLAVE DYNASTY
Turkish Sultans: 1. Role of Qutubud Din Aibak
1. Consolidation of Muslim Rule. 2. Altamash and Ghiasud Din Balban
2. Concept of gender equity. consolidating Muslim Rule.
3. Islamization process and some Specially socio-political and
other social achievements during administrative aspects be emphasized.
the period of last Turkish Sultan. Recognition by Abbasid.
3. Acceptance of female ruler Razia
4. Sultana her brave personality.
 24 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
5. During Nasir-ul-Din Mehmood’s and
Ghias-ul-Din Balban’s period the
important contribution:-
i- Islamic provisions
ii- Justice and equality
iii- Concept of Kinship
iv- Crushing rebellion
CHAPTER – IV KHILJI’S DYNASTY
Khiljis 1. Rise to power
1. Jalalud Din Khilji 2. Personality as a general and
2. Allaud Din Khilji restoration of law and order
3. Expenditions
4. Mangol and Dakan policy
5. Administrative control
6. Fiscal and agricultural reforms
CHAPTER –V TUGHLAQ RULE
1. Ghazi Malik Ghayasuddin 1. Rise to power
2. Muhammad Bin Tughlaq 2. Personality characteristics
3. Feroze Shah Tughlaq 3. Innovative schemes in the fields of
4. Amir Taimur administration and economy and
resultant effects
4. Efforts for an Islamic Welfare State
CHAPTER –VI SAYYADS AND LODHIS
1. Sayyads Dynasty 1.
Rise of Sayyads Dynasty
2. Social and administrative reforms 2.
Brief introduction of following rules
of Lodhis in the perspective of rise of power
3. Fall of Lodhis reforms and consolidation
Bahlol Lodhi
Sikandar Lodhi
Ibrahim Lodhi
1st battle of Panipat and fall of Lodhis
CHAPTER –VII OUTSTANDING FEATURES OF SULTANATE PERIOD
1. Sultanate period – some 1. Role of Ulemas
outstanding features. 2. Growth of new language
3. Influences of Islamic Architecture
4. The concept of Welfare state
5. Some glimpses of gender equity
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 25
Marks : 100 PART II Time : 3 Hours
CHAPTER – VIII THE EMERGENCE OF MUGHAL DYNASTY IN INDIA
Concepts Contents
Mughal’s Emergence: 1.
Socio-political scenario on the eve of
1. Socio-political background Babar’s Invasion.
2. Zahirud Din Babar 2. Life in Central Asia and his personality
3. Conquests characteristics Conquests of :
i- Delhi and Agra
ii- Battle of Panipat Kannuaj
Chanderi
CHAPTER – IX NASIR UD DIN HAMAYUN AND SHER SHAH SURI
1. Nasirud Din Hamayun 1. Hamayun’s accession to power and
2. Sher Shah Suri difficulties.
3. Recapture of Hamayun 2. Conflict with Sher Shah and exile-
escape to Iran and Afghanistan
3. Personality characteristics
4. Administrative, fiscal and agricultural
reforms and works for public welfare
5. The fall of Suri
6. Determination of Hamayun and
7. recapture-battle of Sarhad
End of Hamayun rule.
CHAPTER – X JALAL UD DIN MUHAMMAD AKBAR
1. Accession 1. His early life and influence of Bairam
2. Expansion of his empire Khan.
3. Policies to strengthen the empire 2. The second battle of Panipat
4. Reforms 3. Conquests- Agra, Delhi, Gawaliar,
Ajmair, Rajistan, Gujrat, Bengal, Kabul,
North Western area, Kashmir, Sindh,
Balochistan, Uressa, Kandhar.
4. Religious policies, Din-e-Elahi.
5. Rajput policy
6. Daccan policy
7. Administrative and revenue reforms
8. Art and literature.
CHAPTER – XI NOOR UD DIN MUHAMMAD JEHANGIR
1. Accession 1. Accession and role of Ulema especially
2. Noor Jehan’s role of Mujadid Alif Sani.
3. Some other revolts and problems 2. Khurram’s revolt.
4. Justice 3. Charactiristics of Noor Jehan’s
 26 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
5. His commitments with Ulemas personality and her role in administrative
affaris.
4. Khurram’s and Mehabbat Khan’s revolts.
Problems in Daccan.
5. Jehangir’s justice-equity for all.
6. Implementation status on the demands of
7. Ulemas in relation to his initial
commitments, specially about Din-e-Elahi
CHAPTER –XII SHAHAB-UD-DIN MUHAMMAD SHAHJEHAN
Shahjehan 1. Revenue collection system
1. Contributions 2. Administrative
2. Expeditions 3. Architecture
3. End of Shahjehan’s period 4. Expeditions
i- Daccan
ii- Central Asia
War of succession among his sons and his
confinements
CHAPTER – XIII MOHIY-UD-DIN AURANGZEB ALAMGIR
1. Accession 1.
His early life and accession.
2. Contributions 2.
Islamization process and its impacts
3.
Facing revolts of Jats, Sutnamis,
Bandhalays, Sikhs, Rajputs, Marhatas
4. Annexation of Daccan States
5. His personal characteristics
CHAPTER – XIV OUTSTANDING FEATURE OF MUGHAL PERIOD
1. Educational contribution 1. Introducing a new language.
2. Reforms 2. Improving literacy.
3. Contribution towards world of 3. Expansion of general and specialized
Arts education.
4. Anatomy of educational institutions.
5. Reforms in administrative set-up.
6. Revenue and fiscal reforms
7. Architecture.
8. Paintings and music.
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 27
28 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 29
30 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 31
32 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 33
34 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 35
 36 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

ECONOMICS
Marks : 100 PART I Time : 3 Hours
CHAPTER – I NATURE AND SCOPE OF ECONOMICS Weightage: 15%
Concepts Contents
1. Nature and scope of Economics A. Introduction
2. Definition and law of Economics 1. Wants and satisfaction
2. Goods and services
3. Utility and scarcity
4. Economics problems and its nature
5. Definition by:-
a- Adam Smith
b- Alfred Marshall
c- Loonier Robbins
B. Meaning of:
1. Micro Economics,
Macroeconomics, positive and
normative economics.
2. Economic laws and their nature
CHAPTER – II CONSUMER’S BEHAVIOUR AND ITS ANALYSIS
Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Consumer’s behavior. 1. Definition
2. Utility approach. 2. Meaning
3. Indifference curve. 3. Rationale
4. The Law of dimineshing marginal
utility with table and graph.
5. The law of equimarginal utility or law
of substitution with formula and
diagram.
6. Indifference curve
i- Definition and Characteristics
(graphical presentation)
CHAPTER – III BASIC TOOLS OF STATISTICS AND MATHEMATICS
IN ECONOMICS Weightage: 5%
Concepts Contents
1. Basic tools of statistics and ii. Variables:
Mathematics in economics Continuous, discontinuous,
2. Equation independent, dependent.
i. Liner equation with group.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 37
iii. Quadratic equation
iv. Simultaneous equations
v. Statistical data its collection and
tabulation.
CHAPTER – IV DEMAND Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Law of demand and practical 1. Definition
uses 2. Law of demand
2. Demand elasticity 3. Demand function and functional
equation of demand
4. Movement along with demand
curve and shift in demand curve
5. Price elasticity of demand (Arc
& point ) and methods of
measurement
6. Concepts of income elasticity
and cross-elasticity of demand
7. Factors influencing the elasticity
of demand
8. Practical uses of the concept of
elasticity of demand
CHAPTER –V SUPPLY Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Law of supply and practical 1. Definitions stock and supply
uses 2. Law of Supply
2. Elasticity 3. Supply functions and functional
equation of supply
4. Movement along with supply
curve and shift in supply curve
5. Elasticity of supply and its
measurement.
6. Factors influencing the elasticity
of supply
7. Practical uses of the concepts
CHAPTER –VI EQUILIBRIUM Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Equilibrium in demand and 1. Concept of equilibrium
supply etc. 2. Equilibrium of demand and
 38 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
supply
3.
Equilibrium in price and
equilibrium in out put
4. The effects on equilibrium in price
and output put due to change in
demand and supply
CHAPTER –VII THEORY OF PRODUCTION Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Theory of production 1. Meaning of production
2. Factors of Production 2. Characteristics and importance of
FOP.
3. Factors of production:-
(a) Land
(b) Labour
(c) Capital
(d) Organization

CHAPTER –VIII SCALES OF PRODUCTION AND LAWS OF RETURNS

Weightage: 5%
Concepts Contents
1. Scales of production Meaning
2. Laws of Returns 1. Scale of production
2. Economies and diseconomies
internal and external
3. Merits and demerits of large scale
(increasing, constant, diminishing)
and their relation with the cost of
production
4. Laws of production (increasing,
constant, diminishing) and their
relation with the cost of production
CHAPTER –IX COST OF PRODUCTION Weightage: 5%
Concepts Contents
1. Cost of production 1. Definition, classification, Fixed
2. Relationships of different cost and variable.
curves 2. Total, average and marginal cost
3. Relationship between total,
average and marginal cost.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 39
CHAPTER –X REVENUE ANALYSIS Weightage: 5%
Concepts Contents
1. Application of Revenue curves 1. Definition
in price and output determination 2. Total, marginal and average
revenue under perfect competition
and monopoly
3. Price and output determination
and short and long run under
perfect competition and monopoly
CHAPTER –XI MARKET Weightage: 5%
Concepts Contents
1. Market Meaning and significance of
Kinds of market market
1. Perfect competition and
monopoly
2. Short run and long run in perfect
competition and monopoly
CHAPTER –XII DISTRIBUTION : FACTORS PRICING Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Factors pricing 1. Rent, meaning, Kinds and
2. Productivity Recardian theory of rent
2. Wages definition, meaning, and
Kinds. Marginal productivity
theory.
3. Interest:
Meaning and Kinds
4. Profit : meaning and kinds
5. Difference between profit and
interest

Recommended Book: Economics Part-I

Authors: 1) Mahmood Ahmad Ch. 2) Azra Ismat Ullah Awan
Editors: 1) Rubina Qamar Qureshi 2) Muhammad Ikram Rana
Publisher: Muhammadi Publisher & Stationers, Lahore.
 40 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Marks : 100 PART II Time : 3 Hours
MACRO ECONOMICS
CHAPTER –I NATIONAL INCOME Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. National Income 1. G.N.P, N.N.P, G.D.P, National
2. When saving is equal to Income
investment 2. Methods of computing national
3. Flow of National income income
4. Per capita income I- Product method.
II- Income methods.
III- Expenditure methods.
IV- Circular flow diagram.
V- Concept of equilibrium:
MPC, MPS,
Y=C+S
Y=C+1
VI- Income where S=1.
CHAPTER –II MONEY Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Barter system 1. Barter system and its difficulties
2. Money 2. Evolution of money
3. Value of money 3. Definition of money
4. Credit cards 4. Functions of money
5. Kinds of money
6. Instruments of money: (credit
cards ATM, Traveler Cheques)
7. Demand for and supply of money
8. Value of money
9. Quantity theory of money
(Fisher’s equation)
CHAPTER –III BANKS Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Bank 1. Definition of Bank
2. Commercial Bank 2. Kinds and functions of Banks
3. Interest 3. Commercial Banks and their
functions with particular
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 41
reference to credit creation
4. Definition of interest
5. Interest free Banking in Pakistan
6. Case study of Malaysia, Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia.
CHAPTER –IV PUBLIC FINANCE Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Private finance 1.
Public Vs private finances
2. Public finance 2.
Public revenue and tax culture
3. Tax revenue I- Tax and non-tax revenue
4. Public revenue in Pakistan
II- Principles of taxation
III- Kinds of taxation.
a- Direct and indirect tax
b- Progressive and
proportional
c- An analysis of public
revenue in Pakistan
CHAPTER –V INTERNATIONAL TRADE Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Foreign trade 1.
Differentiation between domestic
2. Domestic trade and foreign trade
3. Balance of payment 2. Advantage and disadvantages of
4. Balance of trade international trade
5. Meaning and improving role
3. Classical theory of international
6. Globalization trade
4. Balance of trade vs. Balance of
payment
5. Globalization MNCs, TNCs,
WTO.
CHAPTER –VI INTRODUCTION TO PAKISTAN ECONOMY Weightage: 3%
Concepts Contents
1. Meaning of economy of 1. Agriculture Sector
2. Pakistan 2. Trade and Industrial sector
Components of Pakistan 3. Involvement of Stock Exchange
economy 4. Education and Health Sector
 42 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER –VII NATIONAL INCOME OF PAKISTAN Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
National Income 1. Its size and sectoral contribution
GNP, GDP, NNP 2. Difficulties in measurement
Product, personal Income disposable 3. Causes of low per capita income
Total Income 4. Tax Culture
CHAPTER –VIII ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING
Weightage: 10%
Concepts Contents
1. Economic Development and 1. Concept of economic development
Planning 2. Problems of under development
3. Factors influencing development
4. Quality of life (living standard) with
reference to Pakistan
5. Planning in Pakistan with reference
to current five years plan
6. Importance and problems in
agricultural and industrial sectors of
Pakistan and their solution
7. Development of Industries
CHAPTER –IX COMMUNICATION AND HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
Weightage: 7%
Concepts Contents
1. Communication and its 1. Traditional communication
significance system.e.g. roads, and transportation
2. Mobility of labour population Dry-ports, seaports etc.
3. Unemployment 2. Modern approaches
4. Population education 3. Computers and Information
i. Technology
Motorway
ii. Role of communication in Pakistan’s
iii. prosperity
Factors affecting productivity of
4. labour
Mobility of labours its factors
5. Problems of high rate of population
6. growth and need of population
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 43
education
7. Population growth its effects and
factors. Comparison with LPCs and
MPCs.
Labour force, its problem, facts and
8. its remedies.
Problems of unemployment and
9. under-employment
CHAPTER –X BANKING IN PAKISTAN Weightage: 5%
Concepts Contents
1. Significance and functions of
1. Commercial Banks and their
banks in Pakistan functions
2. Role of banking system in
economic development
3. State Bank of Pakistan, its functions
and importance.
4. Money market capital market
5. E-Commerce
6. Inflation Definition and types /
causes, consequences and remedies
with reference to Pakistan
CHAPTER –XI PUBLIC FINANCE OF PAKISTAN Weightage: 5%
Concepts Contents
1. Public Finance 1. Kinds of taxation in Pakistan
2. Revenue 2. Sources of revenue
3. Zakat 3. Heads of expenditure of Federal and
4. Ushr Provincial governments with
5. Charity reference to latest budget.
4. Zakat and its distribution
5. Ushr and charity as instruments of
source of revenue and Social
Justice.
CHAPTER –XII FOREIGN TRADE OF PAKISTAN Weightage: 5%
Concepts Contents
1. Exports 1. Major exports of Pakistan
2. Import 2. Major imports of Pakistan
3. Regional Organization 3. Balance of payments position of
 44 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
4. International Organization Pakistan
5. Balance of payment 4. Regional and international
6. Foreign exchange rates. Organization their role towards
Pakistan e.g. ECO, SAARC, WTO.
5. Foreign exchange rates.
CHAPTER –XIII ECONOMIC SYSTEM OF ISLAM Weightage: 5%
Concepts Contents
1. Islamic Economic System. 1. Elaboration of basic characteristics
2. Different economic system. and instruments of Islamic
2. Economic System.
3. Interest free Banking.
4. Equality.
5. Justice (Social and Economies)
6. Goodness and Ehsan.
Elimination of wealth concentration
7. and wasteful consumption.
8. Austerity/self contentment.
Implication of ostentation and
9. Hoarding.
Comparison between capitalism,
socialism and Islamic system.

Recommended Book: Economics Part-II

Authors: 1) Mian Muhammad Akram 2) Mahmood Ahmad Ch.
Editor: Rubina Qamar Qureshi
Publisher: Imtiaz Book Depot, Lahore.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 45

GEOGRAPHY
Distribution of Marks:
Part-I (Class-XI) Part-II (Class-XII)
Theory: 85 Theory: 85
Practical: 30
Total Marks: 200

Marks: 85 (PART-I) CLASS-XI Time:3:00 Hours

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
1. Physical Geography:
a) Definition, history and scope of Geography
b) Introducing Physical Geography
c) Branches of Physical Geography
d) Universe, Solar system and the Earth
e) Land and Water distribution
2. Structure of the Earth and Lithosphere:
a) Internal structure of the Earth b) Plate Tectonics
c) Volcanism d) Earthquakes e) Rocks
3. Landforms:
a) Major Landforms: i: Mountains ii: Plateaus iii: Plains
b) Denudation i: Weathering ii: Mass Wasting
c) Landforms made by river d) Landforms made by glaciers
e) Landforms made by wind f) Landforms made by waves
4. Atmoshphere:
a) Introduction:
i: Composition of atmosphere ii: Structure of atmosphere
b) Atmosphere Temperature
i: Insolation
ii: Horizontal distribution of temperature
iii: Vertical distribution of atmosphere
5. Global Circulation:
a) Atmospheric pressure
b) Pressure distribution over the earth surface
c) Winds
i: Relationship between pressure and wind ii: Planetary winds
iii: Seasonal winds iv: Local winds
d) Air masses and their types e) Fronts and their types
f) Cyclones and their types
46 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

6. Atmospheric Moisture:
a) Humidity b) Clouds c) Precipitation
7. Ocean Movements:
a) Currents b) Tides c) Waves
8. Climatic Regions:
a) Introduction
b) Major Climatic Regions
i: Equatorial Climatic Region ii: Tropical Climatic Region
iii: Temperate Climatic Region iv: Polar Climatic Region

LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS XI (PART-I)

1. Location
2. Directions i: Methods of finding directions
3. Scale i: Types of scale
ii: Measurement of distance between two points by
using map scale
4. Introduction to GIS, GPS and Remote Sensing
5. Relief Features i: Methods of showing relief
6. Convectional Signs

Marks: 85 (PART-II) CLASS-XII Time:3:00 Hours

HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
1. Human Geography:
(a) Definition and scope of Human Geography
(b) Branches of Human Geography
(c) Earth as home for human being
2. Population:
(a) Density and Distribution
(b) Population growth
(c) Structure and compositon of population
i. Age Group ii. Male-Female Ratio
(d) Population Change
i. Natural Increase (Birth/Deaths)
ii. Migration (Immigration/Emigration)
(e) Types of Migration i. Factors of Migration
3. Human Settlements:
(a) Introduction
(b) Rural Settlement
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 47
i. Nucleated and Dispersed ii. Forms according to shape
(c) Urban Settlement i. Functions ii. Urban Hierarchy
(d) World Urbanization
4. Economic Activities:
(a) Introduction
(b) Types of Economics Activities:
i. Primary Activities ii. Secondary Activities
iii. Tertiary Activities iv. Quaternary Activities
v. Quinary Activities
(c) World Trade Organization and Pakistan
5. Political Geography:
(a) Basic Concept of Nation, State, Frontiers, and Boundaries
(b) Geo-Strategic Position of Pakistan
6. Natural Hazards:
(a) Types of Natural Hazards
(b) Risks
(c) Awareness and Management

LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS-XII (PART – II)

1. (a) Statistical Diagrams

i. Line Graph ii. Bar Graph iii. Pie Charts
2. (a) Distribution Maps
i. Methods of showing Statistical Data
3. (a) Major Types of Projections
i. Types of Projection
• Cylindrical
• Conical
• Zentithal
ii. Uses and Properities of Projections

‫۔‬㥷
ĒîୢĨ‫ ׏‬njĄĨᮞ Ĩ戴 äĨ䡴慢 㨱Ĩå ლ ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 峤î䅏 Ĩ很 ä࢑Ĩ㝾 äᴶ Ĩㇻ ‫۔‬1
ĒîୢĨ‫ ׏‬njĄĨᮞ Ĩ戴 äĨ䡴慢 㨱Ĩå ლ Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ承 帴 î‫܉‬Ĩ很 ä࢑Ĩ㝾 äᴶ Ĩ媛垏 ä ‫۔‬2
ĒîୢĨ‫ ׏‬njĄĨᮞ Ĩ戴 äĨ䡴慢 㨱Ĩå ლ Ĩ⨱ 㫤 Ĩ志 哵 Ĩ嚕 äĨ很 ä࢑Ĩ㝾 äᴶ Ĩ঳ Ĩď 婧Ĩ㑃 ‫۔‬3
 48 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

MILITARY SCIENCE
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each)
(Outlines of tests)
Marks : 100 (PART-I) WAR Time : 3 Hours
AIM:- To create in the students an elementary understanding of the various
factors governing war and its conduct.
Syllabus.
1. War.
1. Aim of war; causes of war.
2. Explanation of terms; strategy, grand strategy, toctics.
2. Nature of Modern War.
1. Impact of science on War.
2. Explanation of the terms; total war, limited war, global war, cold
war, shooting war.
3. Principles of War.
Selection and maintenance of the aim, morale offensive action
security; surprise; concentration of economy of effort; flexiblility; co-
operation administration (logistics).
4. Modern Warfare.
1. Explanation of tactical concepts; linear warfare; positional warfare
mobile warfare, pincer movement.
2. Psychological warfare.
3. Guerrilla warfare.
4. Role of the three services.
5. Operation of War.
Advance, attack, defence and withdrawal, explaining the terms
patrolling out-flanking, vanguard, advance-guard, penetration, counter-
penetration, counter-attack, rear-guard and mopping up.
6. Sinews of War.
Moral, Social, economic, geographic and political.
7. Modern Weapons of War.
8. Steps short of War.
The U.N. especially and General Assembly and the Security Council.
9. Ethics of War.
The Hague Conferences; the Geneva Convention.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 49
Prescribed Textbook:-
“Fundamentals of War” by Col: (Retd.) N.D. Hasan M.A. PCS (M/S
National Textbook Corporation Ltd., Lahore)
For Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore
Recommended book:-
“Jang Ka Ilm-o-Fun” by Maj Gen: Bashir Ahmad.

Name of Book:
Defence of Pakistan by Major Muhammad Ali.

Marks ; 100 (PART-II) Defence of Pakistan. Time:3 Hours

1. The Defence Problems:

a. Our geographical location, terrain and frontiers with the neighbours.
b. Relations with our neighbours, with particular reference to India
Afghanistan and China. Outstanding disputes of Kashmir and
Farrakka.
2. Foreign Policy.
a. The global situation of Pakistan.
b. Objectives of big powers/neighbours in this region and its effects on
our defence.
c. The foreign policy as a consequence of our defence problem.
d. Need for Pakistan’s participation in Defence and Regional Pacts.
e. Pakistan and the Muslim World. Our relation-ship with the Muslim
countries, specially from the point of view of defence. Pakistan’s
stand for Arab cause. May mention all out help by Turkey Iran and
Indonesia to us during the last war of 1965.
3. Our Military Heritage.
a. Islamic teachings on Jehad.
b. Valour of Muslim Armies in War.
c. A short account of War of 1965.
d. Short narration of the acts of valour and bravery displayed by
members of our Armed Forces.
Brief history, organication, development
4. PAKISTAN ARMY since independence and type of equipment
held in each service.
5. PAKISTAN NAVY
6. PAKISTAN AIR FORCE
 50 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
7. ECONOMY AND DEFENCE.
a. Our resources and Industrial potential.
b. Defence on foreign supplies
c. Type of Industries to have defence bias to be useful in war from the
point of view of Defence production.
d. Economic and Budgetary arrangements for the maintenance of
Armed Forces.
e. The bearing of economic aid on Defence.
f. The effects of Defence expenditure on economic development.
g. Effects of War on Economy.
8. Role of Armed Forces During Peace.
a. Training and preparation for war.
b. In aid of Civil power during emergencies and calamities.
9. National Service and Second Line Forces.
Importance and Organization.
10. Civil Defence.
Organization in Pakistan and its duties in War.
11. Qualities of a Military Leader.
12. Military Honour and Awards, rank structure.
Name of Book:
Defence of Pakistan by Major Muhammad Ali.

Prescribed textbook.
Fundamentals of War by Major N.D. Hasan M.A, P.S,
(M/S. National Textbook Corporation Ltd., Lahore).
Recommended Book
Jang Ka Ilm-o-Fua,
by Major Geo: Bashir Ahmad.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 51

PHILOSOPHY
Marks: 100 PART-I (Class- XI) Time: 3.00 Hours
CHAPTER-I INTRODUCTION
Concepts Contents
1. Examined life (Truth, Wisdom, a) What is Philosophy?
Goodness and Beauty) b) What are the specific
philosophical questions?
c) Philosophical Approaches
Criticism/ Speculation.
CHAPTER-II PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
1. Relationship between Philosophy a) Questions asked in Philosophy
and Religion and Religion.
b) Their treatment
c) Differences
d) Allama Muhammad Iqbal’s
Educational Philosophy.
CHAPTER-III PHILOSOPHY AND SCIENCE
1. Relation between philosophy and a) What does science try to
Science understand?
b) How is it different from
philosophy?
c) What role does philosophy play in
the growth of science?
i) Interprets
ii) Criticizes
iii) Resolves conflicts
iv) Justifies
CHAPTER-IV KNOWLEDGE
1. Theory of knowledge a) Definition of knowledge.
b) Sources of knowledge:
 Rationalism
 Empiricism
 Intuition and Revelation
 Authority
c) Introduction of basic philosophy of
Imam Ghazali
 52 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER-V METAPHYSICS
a) Nature of Reality a) Monism
b) Problem of substance b) Dualism
c) Pluralism
d) School’s of Idealism and
Materialism
CHAPTER-VI ETHICS
1. Evaluation of Human action. a) Meaning and scope of Ethics.
b) Ethical Theories:
 Golden Mean
 Utilitarianism
 Good will.
c) Islamic theory of Ethics
CHAPTER-VII ISLAMIC VALUES
1. Meaning and nature of values in 1. Islamic concept of Allah
Islam. 2. Relation between man and
Allah.
3. Human rights & responsibilities
and Social justice in Islam
CHAPTER-VIII HIKMA: MEANING & SCOPE
1. Hikma: a) Meaning of Hikma
2. Meaning & Scope b) Conceptual basis of Islam:
Tauhid-Unity and Solidarity of
mankind
c) Risalat respect for humanity,
Social justice, Tolerance,
Universal brotherhood
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 53
Marks: 100 PART-II(Class- XII) Time: 3.00 Hours
LOGIC AND SCIENTIFIC METHOD
CHAPTER-I INTRODUCTION
Concepts Contents
a) Nature of Logic. a) Definition and scope of logic.
b) Structure of Arguments. b) Proposition & Arguments
c) Premises/ conclusion Indicators
d) Types of Arguments:
 Inductive
 Deductive
e) Truth & Validity
CHAPTER-II LANGUAGE
1. Nature and functions of a) Language as an Instrument.
Language. b) Three Important uses of language:
 Informative
 Expressive
 Directive
CHAPTER-III INFORMAL FALLACIES
1. Informal fallacies: a) What is meant by fallacy?
Fallacies of Relevance b) Fallacies of Relevance:
 Appeal to emotions
 Appeal to pity
 Complex question
 Adhominem
c) Fallacies of ambiguity:
Equivocation
Amphiboly
Accent
CHAPTER-IV CATEGORICAL PROPOSITIONS
1. Standard form categorical a) Four Categorical propositions.
propositions b) Quantity, quality and distribution
c) Traditional squares of opposition.
d) Three laws of thought.
CHAPTER-V CATEGORICAL SYLLOGISM AND SIMPLE ARGUMENTS
1. Validity of Categorical syllogism a) Categorical syllogism
1) Figure
2) Mood
 54 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
3) Standard form
4) Rules
5) Venn diagram
b) Simple argument forms and Truth
Table
CHAPTER-VI INDUCTIVE LOGIC
1. Inductive generalization inductive a) Forms of inductive Generalization
Analogy Inductive Analogy
b) Factors on which their strength
depends
CHAPTER-VII SCIENTIFIC METHOD EXPLANATION
1. Scientific method and explanation Explanations:
1) Scientific and unscientific
Characteristics of a good hypothesis

Recommended Book: Philosophy Part-I

Author: Javed Iqbal Nadeem
Publisher: Maktaba Naumania, Lahore.
Recommended Book: Philosophy Part-II
Author: Javed Iqbal Nadeem
Publisher: Awais Book Center Urdu Bazar, Lahore.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 55

PSYCHOLOGY
Marks: 85 PART –I(CLASS-XI) Time: 3:00 Hours
CHAPTER-I INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction of
1. Introduction Meaning and
Psychology Definition of psychology as
2. Science of Behavior
science of Behavior and mental
3. Areas of Modern processes
Psychology 2. Goals of psychology
3. Clinical psychology
4. Experimental psychology
5. Educational psychology
6. Environmental psychology
7. Criminal psychology
8. Business psychology
CHAPTER-II METHODS OF RESEARCH
Concepts Contents
1. Research 1. Meaning and significance of
2. Methods of Research research
2. Types of Research:
(i) Observation Method.
(ii) Experimental Method.
(iii) Survey Methods.
(iv) Case-study Method
CHAPTER- III NERVOUS SYSTEM AND BEHAVIOUR
Concepts Contents
1. Nervous system and 1. Meaning & relationship with behavior
Behaviour 2. Neuron spinal cord.
3. Structure and Function of main
2. The Nervous System parts of Brain.
 56 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER- IV SENSATION AND PERCEPTION
Concepts Contents
1. Sensation and perception. 1. Brief introduction of sensation.
2. Basic Concept and Function of 2. Anatomy of the Eye, what we see
Eye malfunctioning of Eye and and how we see.
Ear. (i) Factors deforming the
sensation & perception, defacts
of Eye and Ear
(ii) Definition.
3. Attention. Factors of Attention Fluctuation
4. Perceptual organization. and Distraction of Attention.
(i) Types of perception.. Gestalt laws of perceptual
(ii) Consistency of visual Perception. organization.
1. Depth & Distance.
2. Movement. Monocular cues for depth
perception Binocular Cues for depth
perception.
(iii) Illusion Definition. Kinds of Illusion.
Effects on the human life.
CHAPTER-V LAERNING AND REMEMBERING
Concepts Contents
1. Learning and Remembering 1. Definition of learning
2. Learning and unadorned 2. Basic Principles of learning
Behavior 3. Learning by observing
3. Ways of learning - Conditioning
4. Memory Processes - Classical.
5. Three stages Memory Model - Operant.
6. Measurement of Memory 4. Definition of Memory
(i) Sensory, Memory
(ii) Short-term Memory
(iii) Long-term Memory
5. Measuring Memory
(i) Recognitions Method
(ii) Recall Method
(iii) Saving Method
(iv) Method of Rearrangement
6. Forgetting
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 57
CHAPTER-VI MOTIVATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Concepts Contents
1. Motivational Behaviour 1. Definition
2. Characteristics of motivation 2. How they direct our Behaviour
Instinct, Needs/Drives, Incentive, 3. Primary motives (unlearned/
Balance or Equilibrium Physiological)
(Homeostasis) 4. Hunger, thirst, temperature, sex
3. Types of Motives 5. Maternal secondary motives
(learned/psychological)
6. Achievement Motive
7. Power Motive
8. Affiliation Motive
9. Aggression
10. How to cope with stress, and emotive
11. Elements affecting Motivation
CHAPTER- VII PERSONALITY
Concepts Contents
1. Personality 1. Definition
2. Definition of Personality Ectomaphic, Endomorphic
3. Types & traits of personality Geomorphic types
4. Personality Theories (i) Introvert, Extrovert
5. Personality Assessment & Amber
(ii) Freudian theory (c) Millar &
Dollard’s Behaviour theory
2. Introduction (contribution of
Pakistani psychologist)
3. Objective techniques:
(i) Questionnaire, Interview
(ii) MMPI
(iii) Projective techniques
(iv) TAT, Ross checks Inkblot
4. How to groom.
CHAPTER- VIII EMOTIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Concepts Contents
1. Emotional Behaviour 1. Meaning and definition
2. Introduction 2. Pysiology of Emotion
3. Theories of Emotion
 58 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
4. Environmental and cultural 3. James Lange Theory (Feelings are
aspects of Emotion physical)
4. Cannon Bord theory
5. Role of learning and Environment
in Emotion
CHAPTER-IX HIGHER COGNITIVE PROCESS
Concepts Contents
1. Higher Cognitive processes. 1. Meaning & definition of cognition
2. Cognition 2. Intelligence, General or specific
Abilities
3. Cognitive Components 3. Spearman Model Guilford Model
Intelligence 4. Stanford-Binate Intelligence
4. Different Models of Intelligence. Scale, WAIS, WISE Army
Alpha and Beta Intelligence
5. Measurement of Intelligence 5. Definition & significances
6. Language and Problem solving 6. Cognitive operations in
7. Problem solving strategies problem solving Understanding &
Organizing
8. What is language? i) Discussion
9. Describe the structure in ii) Cooperative Learning
Language 7. Meaning of Language
10. Language Acquisition 8. Basic tools of communication
Elements of Language
9. Language Development Process
10. Ride & contribution
LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS XI (Part –I)
1. Blind Spot.
2. Muller-type-Illusion.
3. Effect of Suggestion on Perception.
4. After Image.
5. Retroactive Inhibition.
6. Problem solving.
7. Measurement of Memory
8. T.A.T.
(Practical Journal & Viva Voce)
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 59

Marks: 85 PART-II (Class- XII) Time: 3.00 Hours

Practical: 30
CHAPTER-X DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Concepts Contents
1. Development of Psychology. 1. Definition of Growth,
Development and Maturation.
Difference between above mentioned
terms Comparison Cognitive,
a) Cognitive Development. physical and Social Development.
a) Piaget’s theory of cognitive
b) Psychosocial Development. development (Brief
introduction).
c) Moral Development. b) Eriksson’s psychosocial
theory-of- development (Brief
d) Developmental psychology introduction) Physical
in the light of Quraan and development
Hadith i) Kahlberg’s theory of moral
development (Brief introduction).
ii) Sensory and perceptual
development (Brief introduction).
c) Quraan verse & Hadiths
CHAPTER-XI PSYCHOLOGY OF HEALTH
Concepts Contents
1. Psychology of Health and 1. Definition of Health and adjustment.
Adjustment. ii. Requirement of Good health
i) Impact of good
health
2. Concept of mental health. 2. Different viewpoints of Mental
Health.
3. Muslim concept of Mental 3. Muslim point of views of
health. Mental health, Imam Ghazali,
Maulana Ashraf Ali Thanvi
4. Abnormal Behavior. 4. Difference between Normal and
Abnormal Behavior
5. Stress and its role.
 60 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
5. Sources of stress, conflict, life
6. Behavioral Disorders. Events, and Pressure &
Environmental conditions
a) Anxiety Disorders
7. Eating Disorders. b) Eating Disorders

8. Schizophrenia. 6. Eating as a disorder, suggestions

for improving Eating Habits
(i) Right Eating
(ii) Exercising
(iii) Advises by the Doctors for
Eating.
6. Definition, Causes, General
Symptoms. Kinds:
-Disorganized.
-Catatonic.
-Paranoid.
CHAPTER-XII SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Concepts Contents
1. Social Psychology concept of 1. Meaning & definition.
socialization 2. Elements of Socialization
2. Social Problems. How to 3. Socialization Family influence
resolve? on Socialization.
i) Antisocial Behaviour.
ii) Smoking.
3. Attitude iii) Drug Addiction.
iv) Violance.
v) Prejudice.
vi) Sexual Harassment
4. Public Opinion 4. Definition, Attitude formation
5. Attitude change, Measurement
of Attitude.
6. Definition, Formation, opinion
5. Leadership change types/ styles and
Qualities.
CHAPTER- XIII GUIDANCE AND COUNCELING
Concepts Contents
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 61
1. Guidance and counseling. 1. Meaning and difference of
Guidance and counseling
2. Principles of Guidance
2. Importance of guidance & 3. Necessity of Guide up to Higher
counseling in Islam. Secondary level. Qurranic verses
& Hadiths
3. Different Techniques of
Counseling. Psychoanalysis
P.C.T. (Person Centered Techniques).
R.E.B.T. (Rational Emotive
Behaviour Techniques).

LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS XII (Part –II)

1. STATISTICS.
i. Tabulation of Data
ii. Graphic Presentation of Data
a) Frequency Histogram
b) Frequency Polygon
c) Frequency Curve
iii. Measures of Central Tendency of groups X, U-Grouped Data
a) Arithmetic Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
2. FIELD WORK
i) Measurement of Attitude/ Opinion
ii) Data Collection
iii) Report writing
3. PRACTICAL JOURNAL & VIVA VOCE.

Recommended Book: Psychology ( Part-I)

Authors: 1) Fakhi-ud-Din Hyder. 2) Shahida Razvi
3) Touqeer Saleem Khan 4) Asmat Ulah Cheema
Publisher: Star Pblishers, Lahore.

Recommended Book: Psychology (Part-II)

Authors: 1) Prof. Fakhi-ud-Din Hyder. 2) Prof. Zarin Bukhari
3) Touqeer Saleem Khan 4) Prof. Asmat Ulah Cheema
5) Fareeda Sadaq
Publisher: Star Pblishers, Lahore.
 62 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

STATISTICS
Distribution of Marks:
Part-I (Class-XI) Part-II (Class-XII)
Theory Marks: 85 Theory Marks: 85
Practical: 30
Total : 200
Marks : 85 PART – I Time: 3:00 Hours
Syllabus
Chapter:1 INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Introduction, Definitions, Notations, Importance of Statistics in
Various Disciplines, Social Sciences, Plant Sciences, Physical
Sciences, Medical Sciences, Variables, Descriptive and Inferential
Statistics, Sources of Data
Chapter:2 REPRESENTATION OF DATA
Introduction, Calssification, Tabulation, Construction of tables,
Frequencey distribution, Cumulative Frequency Distribution,
Graphic Representation of Data, Simple Bar Diagram, Multiple Bar
Diagram, Sub-Divided Bar Diagram, Pie Diagram, Histogram,
Frequency polygon and frequency curve, Scatter Plots, Bivariate
Frequency Distribution
Chapter:3 MEASURES OF LOCATION
Introduction, Arithmetic Mean and Weighted Mean, Updating or
Correcting the mean, Calculation of A.M. by coding / short-cut
method, Merits and Demerits of Arithmetic mean, Geometric Mean,
Properties of Geometric mean, Merits and Demerits of geometric
mean, Harmonic Mean, Merits and Demerits of Harmonic mean,
Properties of Harmonic mean, Median, Properties of Median, Merits
and Demerits of Median, Quantiles, Mode, Properties of Mode,
Merits and Demerits of Mode, Empirical Relationship between
Mean, Median and Mode, Selecting a Suitable Measure of Central
Tendency
Chapter:4 MEASURES OF DISPERSION
Introduction, Range, Merits and Demerits of Range, Quartile
Deviation, Merits and Demerits of Quartile Deviation, Mean
Deviation, Merits and Demerits of Mean Deviation, Properties of
Mean Deviation, The Variance, Merits and Demerits of Variance,
Standard Deviation, Properties of the Variance and standard
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 63
Deviation, Co-efficient of Variation and other Relative Measures,
Moments, Moment about Mean, Moment about an Arbitrary Value,
Moments for grouped Data, Sheppad’s Correction for Grouping
Error, Skewness
Chapter:5 INDEX NUMBERS
Introduction, Types of Index Numbers, Limitations of Index
Numbers, Use of Index Numbers, Constrution of price Index
Numbers, Unweighted and Weighted Index Numbers, Consumer
Price Index (CPI) and Wholesale Price Index (WPI), Construction
of CPI, Sensitive Price Indicator (SPI)
Chapter:6 PROBABILITY
Introduction, Permutations, Combinations, Probability, Conditional
Probability
Chapter:7 RANDOM VARIABLES
Introduction, Random Numbers and their Generation, Application
of Random Numbers, Concept of Random Variables and their
Construction from Different Fields, Discrete and Continuous
Random Variables
Chapter:8 PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS
Introduction, Probability Mass Function, Probability Density
Function, Simple Univariate Discrete and Continuous Distributions,
Properties of Probability Mass Function and Probability Density
Function, Application, Drawing of Probability Mass Function and
Probability Density Function, Expectation and Variance of the
simple discrete Random Variable, Properties of Expectation,
Distribution Function
Chapter:9 BINOMIAL AND HYPERGEOMETRIC PROBABILITY
DISTRIBUTION
Introduction, Binomial Probability Distribution, Mean and Variance
of the Binomial Distribution, Hypergeometric Distribution and
Hypergeometric Experiment, Properties, Hypergeometric
Probability Distribution,
 64 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
List of Practicals for Class XI (Part-I)
Topics:
1. Presentation of data
2. Measure of Location
3. Measure of description
4. Index Numbers
5. Probability
6. Random Variables
7. Discrete Probility distribution
8. Binomial and Hypergeometric Probability distribution

Recommended Book: Statistics ( Part-I)

Authors: 1) Dr. Faqir Muhammad 2) Mr. Amjad Mehmood
Editor: Mazhar Hayat, SS, Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore
Publisher: Saeed Book Center, Lahore.
For Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore

Marks : 85 PART – II Time: 3:00 Hours

Syllabus
Chapter:10 NORMAL DISTRIBUTION
Normal Distribution, Standard Normal Random Variable, Standard
Normal Distribution, Standard Normal Cumulative Distribution
Function, De-standardizing, Quantiles of Standard Normal
Distribution, Use of Standard Normal Tables for any Normal
Distribution, Finding the Values of µ or ơ or both
Chapter:11 SAMPLING TECHNIQUES AND SAMPLING
DISTRIBUTIONS
Population (Or Universe), Sample, Sampling design, Non-
probability (Non-random) Sampling, Probability (Random)
Sampling, Simple Random Sampling, Stratified Sampling, Errors,
Simple Random Sampling and Sampling Distributions, Sampling
Distribution of a Statistic, Sampling Distributions from General
Populations, Sampling Distribution of the Sample Mean, X,
Sampling Distribution of the Difference Between two Sample
Means, X1 – X2 , Sampling Distribution of Sample Proportion, P,
Sampling Distribution of the Difference Between two Sample
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 65
Proportions, P1 – P2, Other Sampling Distributions, Sampling
Distribution of the Sample Variance, S2
Chapter:12 ESTIMATION
Statistical Estimation, Point Estimation of a Parameter,
Unbasedness, Best Estimator, Pooled Estimators from two Samples,
Interval Estimation, Confidence interval for Population Mean, µ,
Confidence interval for Population Proportion of Success, π,
Comparative Studies, Confidence interval for Difference between
two Population Means, µ1 - µ2, Confidence interval for difference
between two Population Proportions, π1 – π2
Chapter:13 HYPOTHESIS TESTING
The Elements of a Test of Hypothesis, Test of Hypothesis about a
Population Mean, µ, Test of Hypothesis about a Population
Proportion, π, Test of Hypothesis about the difference between two
Population Means-independent Samples, Inference about the
difference between two Population Means-Dependent Samples,
Test of Hypothesis about the Difference between two Population
Proportions, π1 – π2
Chapter:14 SIMPLE LINEAR REGRESSION AND CORRELATION
Relations between Variables, Regression analysis, Curve fitting,
Simple Linear Regression, The Simple Linear Regression model,
Simple Linear correlation, Correlation analysis
Chapter:15 ASSOCIATION
Multinomial Populations, Attribute (Qualitative Variable),
Independence of Attributes, Association of Attributes, Two
dimensional count Data: Contingency Table, Test for Statistical
Independence, Rank correlation,
Chapter:16 ANALYSIS OF TIME SERIES
Time Series, Components of a time Series, Analysis of time Series,
Estimation of secular trend
Chapter:17 ORIENTATION OF COMPUTERS
Introduction to Computer, History of Computer, Types of
computers, Classification of Computers, Hardware and Software,
Hardware components of a personal Computer, Input Devices and
Output Devices, System Software, Operating System, Application
Software, Programming Languages, Language Processors and
translators, Basic idea of writing and running a computer program,
66 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Number system, How Computers Represent Data, Binary System as
a foundation of Computer Programming

List of Practicals for Class XII (Part-II)

Topics:
1. Normal distribution
2. Sampling Estimation
3. Testing of Hypothesis
4. Regression
5. Correlation
6. Association
7. Time series

Recommended Book: Statistics ( Part-II)

Author: Prof. Muhammad Rauf Chaudhary,
Govt. College for Boys Gujranwala.
Editors:1) Prof. M. Khalid Director (Technical)
2) Mr. Mazhar Hayat, Subject Specialist,
Publisher: Zeeshan Book Center, Lahore.
For Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 67
68 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 69
70 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 71
 72 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

MUSIC
(Outlines of tests)
Distribution of Marks:
Part-I (Class-XI) Part-II (Class-XII)
Theory: 40 Theory: 40
Practical: 120
Total: 200
PART-I (CLASS XI)
Marks 40 Theory Time: 1:30 hours

1. Definition of Music Sur, Thath, Raag, Arohi, Amrohi, Sabtak, Alap,

Shurti, Taan, Meend and Gammak. Wadi Sumwadi
2. Complete Names of Sur (Note)
3. Sargams of Five Thaths: Bilawal, Kalyan, Bhairon, Bhairveen & Poorbi.
4. Definition of Matra, Lay, Sum, Tali and Khali.
5. Knowledge of the following Taals with Bols showing Sum, Zarb and Khali.
Teental, Kehrva, Dadra, Rupak and Nakta.
6. Definition of Folk, Ghazal, Qavvali, Marsia, Khyal and Trana,.
7. Contribution to Music by Amir Khusro.
8. Short Notes on the following instruments:- Tanpura, Sitar, Shehnai, Flute,
Sarode, Taoos.

LIST OF PRACTICAL FOR CLASS XI (PART-I)

Marks 60 Time: 3 hours
1. Vocal Music: Singing of Khayal Tarana, Thumri, Dadra of raags,
Bilaval Kafi, Rageshri Bhairvin, Aimen (Technique style and expression
to be emphasized). OR
Instrumental Music: Playing of Sitar, Violin, dilruba, Flute, sarode,
Shehnai, Sarangi in the raags mentioned above under vocal music
(Technique style and skill in handling and tuning the musical instrument
to be emphasized.
2. Qaumi Tarana (Vocal or any one of the instruments mentioned at No.1).
3. Three folk songs or tunes of Pakistan.
4. Ghazal and Film Songs.
5. Practical Book.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 73

Marks 40 PART-II (CLASS XII) Time: 1:30 hours

1. Definition of Grah Sur, Nyes Sur, Alankar, Andolan, Kan, Pakar,
BolTaan.
2. Sargams of Five Thaths: Khammach, Kafi, Assvri, Marva, Todi.
3. Definition of Taal and Lai.
4. Knowledge of the following Taals with Bols showing Sum, Zarb and Khali.
Chanchal, Jhaptal, Ektal, Tilwara
5. Classical Music Gharanas and their famous Singers.
6. Defintion of Thumri, Chatrang, Hori, Dhurped, Lakshan Geet and
Dhadra.
7. Contibution to Music by Tansen and Sadarang.
8. Short notes on the following instruments:
Veena, Sarangi, Rabab, Dilruba, Surbhar, Surmandal.

LIST OF PRACTICAL FOR CLASS XII (PART-II)

Marks 60 Time: 3 hours
1. Vocal Music: Singing of Khayal Tarana, Thumri, Dadra of raags,
Malkaus, Bheemplasi, Khamaj, Marva, Rag Darbari.
OR
Instrumental Music: Playing of Sitar, Violin, dilruba, Flute, sarode,
Shehnai, Sarangi in the raags mentioned above under vocal music
(Technique style and skill in handling and tuning the musical instrument
to be emphasized.
2. Judgment of Talls.
3. Qaumi Tarana (Vocal or any one of the instruments mentioned at No.1).
4. Three folk songs or tunes of Pakistan.
5. Ghazal and Film Songs.
6. Practical Book.
 74 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
FINE ARTS
Distribution of Marks:
Part-I (Class-XI) Practical Part-II (Class-XII) Practical
Theory: 40 Theory: 40 Design: 20 Still Life: 20
Practical: 120 Drawing & Painting: 20 Figure Composition: 20
Exhibition of Work: 20 Exhibition of Work: 20
Total: 200
Marks 40 PART-I (CLASS XI) Time: 1:30 hours
SYLLABUS:
The Dawn of Civilization
i. The Evolution of Ornament, Painting and Sculeture (Prehistoric
and Primitive)
ii. Egypt
iii. Western Asiatic (Sumerian, Babylonian, Assyrian and Persian Eras).
iv. Indus Valley Civilization
LIST OF PRACTICAL FOR CLASS-XI (PART-I)
a. Design & Pattern making potato cut, Stenciling.
Traditional designs from difference civilizations at least 12 Designs.
i.e. Egypt, Meso potamia, Greek,Roman, Indus Valley, Buddhist.
b. Still life in water colour & pencil
4. Best works in water colour.
4. Best work in Pencil.
c. Drawing from casts
Study of different parts of human body from cast 8 Best work.
d. Nature Study
Plants flower trees etc.
8 Best work.
Media to be taught water colour. Pen & Ink Char coal & Pastels.
Marks 40 PART-II (CLASS XII) Time: 1:30 hours
SYLLABUS:
The Dawn of Civilization
i. Greek
ii. Roman (before Christian Eras)
iii. Buddhist
a. Gandhara School.
b. Ajanta school
Outline study. Charactristic of each period must be cleared.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 75
LIST OF PRACTICAL FOR CLASS XII (PART-II)
1. Still life in water colour
OR
Life in Pencil, Char-coal
2. Composition
In Water Colour OR Water Colour and Pen & Ink
3. Exhibition of Work
i. Land-scape
At least 4 Works
ii. Composition
At least 4 Works
iii. Portrait /Life Drawing
At least 4 Works
iv. Still Life objects in Water Colour and other Media.
At least 8 Works
Media to be taught in II year.
i. Water Colour ii. Pen & Ink
iii. Pastels iv. Char-coal.
Recommended books:

ART THROUGH THE AGES -1

76 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 77
78 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 79
ENGLISH (Elective)
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each)

Marks 100 PART-I (CLASS XI) Time: 3:00 hours

1. A new anthology of Poems (1 to 12) 20

by Dr. M. Sadiq and Mrs. Riaz Hussain
Published by : Sh. Muhammad Ashraf,
Publisher and Book Sellers, Kashmiri Bazar, Lahore.
2. A new anthology of Essays 20
by Dr. Imdad Hussain and Mrs. S.M. Sulehri.
Publishers and Book Sellers, Kashmiri Bazar, Lahore.
3. A passage of moderns prose for comprehension 20
4. Writing a letter on some important subject to a newspaper. 20
5. Writing a dialogue between two or three persons on a
current topic. 20
Total: 100
Note:- Advanced Learners Dictionary by A.S. Hornby is recommended.

Marks 100 PART-II (CLASS XII) Time: 3:00 hours

1. A new anthology of Poems (13 to 24) 20
by Dr. M. Sadiq and Mrs. Riaz Hussain
Published by : Sh, Muhammad Ashraf,
Publisher and Book Sellers, Kashmiri Bazar, Lahore.
2. ‘Merchant of Venice’ 20
Edited by : John Russell Brown.
Publisher : M/s Oxford University Press, Lahore
3. Under the Green Wood Tree 20
By Thomas Hardy,
Publisher : M/s Oxford University Press, Lahore
4. An essay of relatively advanced. 20
Nature, preferably on a descriptive or narrative subject.
5. Writing a letter on some important 20
subject to a newspaper Total: 100
Note:- Advanced Learners Dictionary by A.S. Hornby is recommended.
 80 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
FRENCH
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each)
Marks 100 PART-I (CLASS XI) Time: 3:00 hours

SYLLABUS
1. Grammar 40
Exercises to be limited to those covered
by “ French” for Intermediate Classes Part-I
Chapter 1-13 (both inclusive)
2. Translation (Seen) 20
French into English / Urdu
3. Translation (Seen) 25
English / Urdu into French
4. Questions 15
(to be answered in French) to text comprehension
of a given passage (Within studied vocabulary) Total: 100

Marks 70 PART-II (CLASS XII) Time: 2:30 hours

1. Grammar 20
Exercises from chapter 14-25 (both inclusive) from
“ French” for Intermediate Classes, Part-II
2. Translation (Unseen) 15
French into English
3. Translation (Unseen) 15
English into French
4. An essay of about 150 words on a general topic
within studied vocabulary. 20
A letter may be included within the choice of subjects.
5. Viva Voce: 30
Dictation reading and converstion Total: 100
Prescribed textbooks:-
French for Intermediate classes- Part-I& Part-II by Dr. S.H.A. Rasool
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 81
GERMAN
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each.)
Marks 100 PART-I (CLASS XI) Time: 3:00 hours
(a) Applied Grammar 40
(b) Translation: German into English/Urdu) 20
(c) Translation: English/Urdu into German 40
Total: 100
Marks 100 PART-II (CLASS XII) Time: 3:00 hours

(a) Retelling of a story from the prescribed textbook 35

or Questions on the stories in the prescribed
textbooks to be answered in German
(b) Composition. 35
(c) Viva voce (Dictation, Conversation). 30
Total:100
Syllabus.
1. Grammar:
Articles : Definite and indefinite.
Nouns : all declensions
Verbs : all tenses of the different types of verbs.
Pronouns : Personal , interrogative , demonstrative , possessive,
reflexive, relative and indefinite pronouns.
Adjectives : Declensions, comparison,: adjective as nouns.
Prepositions Dependence of prepositions, combined prepositions. (like
: “evon .. bis”, “auf.. zu”
preposition + personal pronouns “da” + preposition
Numbers : cardinal and ordinal numbers, the time :
Moods : Indicative and subjunctive I+11, Imperative
Voices :Active and passive voice
Adverbs :Adverbs of time
Syntax :Words order, principal and dependent clauses; infinitive
constructions, conjunctions.
Remarks :the items on Grammar comprise the forms as well as their use in
German.
II Texts :the main texts of the prescribed textbook
 82 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Prescribed textbooks:
(1) Schulz/Griesbach: Deutsche Sprachlehre fur Auslander,
Grundstufe in einem Band
(2) Glossar ;Gennan-English-Urdu-Bengali all books; Max Huesber
Verlag, Muenchea
Remarks : Every chapter of the prescribed textbooks has one main text (the
beginning of each chapter) additional texts, numbered exercises
within the chapters and additional exercises at the end of the Book.
Additional texts and exercises are not compulsory, but may be
used by the teacher as desired for fluency, practice and
conversation.
Note :
The textbooks will be provided by the respective colleges on nominal fee.
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 83
84 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 85

PASHTO
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each)

Marks : 100 CLASS –XI(PART-I) Time : 3 Hours

1. Classical Prose 20
2. Modern prose 30
3. Letter-writing 15
4. Narrative 10
5. Translation 15
6. Grammar 10
Total:- 100
Syllabus.
PART I
1. Text (Prose)
2. Grammar
Prescribed Textbook.
Pashto Hissa Nassar – Pashto Academy (Produced by Peshawar Board
and Published by M/S. Azmat Bros, Peshawar)

Marks : 100 PART II Time : 3 Hours

1. Classical Poetry 30
2. Modern prose 20
3. Essay 20
4. Précis writing 10
5. Simple criticism 10
6. Grammar 10
Total:- 100

PART II
1. Text (Poetry)
2. Grammar
Prescribed Textbook.
Pashto Hissa Nazam – Pashto Academy (Produced by Peshawar
Board and Published by M/S. University Book Agency, Peshawar)
86 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

____________________________________________________
Explanation reference to context. Translation from Persian into Urdu/ Bengali
Biographical Notes on Authors and Peots.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 87

SINDHI
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each)

Marks : 100 CLASS-XI (PART-I) Time : 3 Hours

1. Prescribed Textbook (Prose 40 + Poetry 40) 80
2. Study of language and appreciation 20
Total:- 100

Marks : 100 CLASS-XII (PART-II) Time : 3 Hours

1. Grammar 20
2. Composition 30
3. History of Sindhi language. 25
4. History of Literature 25
Total:- 100
88 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 89

II. Study of Language and appreciation with reference to the test:

1. Idioms Proverbs
2. Derivatives
3. Figures of speech
4. Elementary prosody and scansion of the main three
meters namel, Mutaqarib, Hjaz and Remal
The following books are recommended:
1. Tankeed-e-Adab by Ibrahim Khalil
2. Ilam Badn by Sandelo.
PART II
This paper shall be devoted to the thorough study of Grammar,
composition, language and literature.
a- Grammar
Thorough and complete study of Grammar on advance level including
analysis, scansion etc.
b- Composition:
1. Essay-writing
2. Dialogues and debates
3. Story-writing
4. Petitions and memorandum writing
c- History of Sindhi Language
d- Outlines of Sindhi literature upto pre-British period
The following books may be used for the study of the above mentioned topics:
90 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 91
92 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 93
94 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 95

EDUCATION
Marks: 100 PART-I (Class- XI) Time: 3:00 Hours
UNIT-I Weightage 40%
CHAPTER-I EDUCATION
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction to Education 1. Importance and description of
2. Elements of Education Education
2. Role and Scope of Education as a
subject/discipline
 Teachers
 Students
 Content areas
 Milieu
3. Functions of Education  Environment Culture
3. Function of Education
4. Model of Education. Formal,
informal and non-formal
 Conversation
 Transmission
 Reformation
CHAPTER-II AIMS OF EDUCATION
1. Aims of Education 1. Spiritual and Moral aims
2. Intellectual aims
3. Economic / Vocational aims
4. Citizenship (Socio-cultural) aims
5. Types of Education
 Specific
 General
CHAPTER-III FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION
1. Foundation of Education 1. Introduction
2. Islamic Foundation 2. Islamic Foundation of Education
3. Philosophical foundation 3. Importance of Education in Islam
4. Psychological foundation 4. Sources of knowledge
Philosophical foundations.
 96 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
5. What is Philosophy, Philosophical
Foundation.
 Ideology
 Religious
 Customs, nouns & students
6. Relationship between philosophy
and Education
7. Contribution of Philosophy to
Education Psychological
foundations.
8. What is Psychology?
9. Relationship between Education
and Psychology.
10. Contribution of Psychology of
Education
11. Meaning of Sociology and
Economics
12. Relationship and Contribution of
Sociology and Economics to
Education
 Social benefits
 Economics benefits
UNIT-II Weightage 20%
CHAPTER-IV HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
1. Human development 1. Explanation of the concepts of
Human Development and Growth
2. Factors effecting development 2. Difference between growth and
development with examples
Principles of Development
 Nature
 Nurture
 Family Care
 Food
 Climate
 Heredity
3. Individual differences (meaning
 Environment
and definition)
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 97
4. Causes of individual differences 3. Individual differences and teaching
learning process.
CHAPTER-V LEARNING
1. Learning 1. Meaning and definitions
2. Methods of learning 2. Trail and error, imitation, insight
3. Laws of Learning (arising from intellectual rigour,
4. Conditions of learning learning by doing).
5. Theories of learning 3. Law of readiness
4. Law of Exercise
5. Law of Effective
6. Readiness, motivation, interest
Attention, meaningful / relevant,
attitude
7. Behaviorist theories
8. Cognitive theories
UNIT-III Weightage 30%
CHAPTER-VI SOCIETY COMMUNITY AND EDUCATION
1. Society Community and 1. Society and community (meaning
Education and definition)
2. Development 2. Explain the Interrelationship of
3. Progress society and Education.
3. Description of the role of
education in the development of
individual and society.
CHAPTER-VII GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING
1. Guidance and counseling 1. Guidance and counseling (meaning
2. Methods and definition)
2. Needs & role of guidance and
counseling in school.
3. Forms of guidance (Education and
Career)
4. Need and importance of counseling
in schools.
5. Types and methods of counseling
CHAPTER-VIII CURRICULUM, SYLLABUS AND TEXTBOOK
1. Curriculum, syllabus and 1. Meaning and definition of
textbooks curriculum
 98 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
2. Curriculum development 2. Differences between curriculum,
3. Impact of teaching learning syllabus and textbooks.
process 3. Components of curriculum and
4. Discussion regarding their interrelationship.
characteristics of good 4. Importance of Assessment and
curriculum evolution.
5. Characteristics of good textbooks
6. Impact of curriculum on effective
teaching learning process

Marks: 100 PART-II (Class- XII) Time: 3.00 Hours

UNIT-I Weightage 47%
CHAPTER-IX MUSLIM EDUCATION IN SUB-CONTINENT
Concepts Contents
Salient features of Education system 1. Historic back ground (Maktab,
of Muslim Era. Madrassa Education)
2. Contribution of Muslim thinkers
towards education with special
reference to:
 Al-Ghazali
 Ibni-Khaldon
 Ibni-Seena
 Al-Zurnuzi
3. Concept of knowledge
4. Aims & objective of education
5. Curriculum
6. Methods of teaching
7. Student training relationship
8. Salient feature, of the Muslim
system of Education in Indo-Pak
 Objectives
 Curriculum and Content
 Administration
 Teaching Methods
 Evaluation
CHAPTER-X BRITISH EDUCATION SYSTEM IN SUB-CONTINENT
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 99
British Education system in the sub-
1. Introduction
continent 2. Beginning of East Indian Company
 Charter act (1813)
 Woods dispatch (1854)
 Sergeant Report (1944)
3. Muslim Education Movements:
 Deoband Movement
 Ali Garh Movement
CHAPTER- XI POLICIES AND PLANS OF EDUCATION IN PAKISTAN
Policies and plans of Education in Introduction:
Pakistan  Implications of Ideology of
Pakistan for Education
 Salient feature of the following
Education policy
 First Educational Conference 1947
 Report of the commission on NE,
1959,
 Education Policy 1970.
 Education Policy 1972.
 Education Policy 1972-80.
 NEP and Implemental Programme
1979.
 National Education Policy 1992-
2002.
 National Education Policy 1998-
2010.
UNIT-II Weightage 43%
CHAPTER-XII EDUCATIONAL PROBLEMS IN PAKISTAN
Issues and problems.  Educational issues and problems in
Pakistan:
 Population growth
 Low Enrolment and heavy drop out
 Low literacy
 Indiscipline
 Female Education
 Economic and social conditions
 100 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

Physical condition of educational
institutions
 Quality of Education
 Investment in Education
 General attitude towards education
CHAPTER-XIII ROLE OF VARIOUS ORGANIZATIONS
CONTRIBUTING TOWARDS EDUCATION
1. Organization. 1. Administration:
2. Administration.  University Education
3. Management.  Provincial Department of
4. Public Private Sectors. Education
 District level Management.
 Private Sector organizations
2. Curriculum and textual material
development
 Federal Ministry of Education
Curriculum Wing
 Provincial Bureaus of
Curriculum
 Textbook Boards
 Private Sector organization
3. Staff Development
 Colleges of Education
 Government Elementary
College of Education
 Private Sector Organization
4. Examination:
 Federal Board of Intermediate
and Secondary Education
(FBISE)
 Provincial Boards of
Intermediate and Secondary
Education (BISES)
 Boards of Technical Education
(BTE)
 Rural Development Education
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 101
Recommended Book: Education Part-I &II
Authors: 1) Prof. Dr. Irshad Ahmad Farakh 2) Abdul Salam Ch.
Publisher: Raza Book Depot, Lahore.
GEOLOGY
Distribution of Marks:
Part-I (Class-XI) Part-II (Class-XII)
Theory Marks: 85 Theory Marks: 85
Practical: 30
Total : 200
Marks: 85 PART –I(CLASS-XI) Time: 3:00 Hours

I. PHYSICAL GEOLOGY
Rivers and Landscape
Geological Processes. Weathering and Erosion.
Processes of Stream Erosion; Transportation by streams. Competence
and Capacity of Streams. Drainage Basin. Valley Growth. Base level;
Groded Stream. Cross Profile, Drainage Pattern, Meandering. Cycle of
Erosion. Land forms like Questa, Escarpment, Dipslope. Mesa.
Groundwater
Porosity and Permeability: Groundwater zones; Movement and
Discharge of Groundwater; Erosion and Transportation due to
Groundwater; Deposition by Groundwater; Water-logging and Salinity in
Pakistan.

CRYSTALLOGRAPHY
II.
Elements of symmetry, plane, axis and centre of symmetry.
Symmetry of normal classes only. An outline study of the six systems of
symmetry.

III.MINERALOGY
The common rock-forming minerals; their physical characters,
chemical composition and modes of origin and occurrence; Quartz,
Felspar Mica. (Muscovite and Biotite), Olivine, Augite, Hornblende,
Garnet, Tourmaline, Eepidote, Chlorite, Apatite, Zircon, Kyanite.
Economic minerals, and rocks, their chemical composition,
occurrence and uses; Diamond, Graphite, Sulphur, Gold, Silver, Copper,
102 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Magnetite, Haematite, Limonite, Galena, Zincblende, Cinnabar, Stibnite,
Chalcopyritc, pyrite, Orpiment, Argentite, Corundum, Cassiterite,
Chromite, Spinel, Rutile, Bauxite, Pyrolusite Psilomelane, Magnesite,
Siderite, Aragonite, Malachite, Apatite, Halite, Magnganite,
Rhodocrosite, Calcite, Dolemite, Flourite, Barytes, Celestite, Gypsum.

IV. PETROLOGY
What is magma. What are igneous rocks and how they are formed
What are sedimentary rocks. How they are formed. Classification of
Sedimentary rocks. What is metamorphism. What are the main types of
metamorphism and how the metamorphic rocks are formed. Outline
classification of igneous rocks. An outline of their modes of origin and
their recognition. Granite, Aplite, Pegmatite, Granite Porphyry, Felsite,
Felsite porphyry, Obsidian, Pitchstone, Pertite, Pumice, Volcanic ash,
Tuff, Breccia, Agglomerate, Diorite, Quartz Diorite, Diorite porphyry,
Basalt Porphyry, Melaphyre, Basalt Trap, Trap, Andesite, Gabbro
Diabase, Quartz Gabbro, porphyry, Pyroxenite, Dunite,
Hornblendite/Peridotite, Serpentine.
Common sandstone, Graywacke, Limestone, Dolomite, Marl,
Conglomerate, Shale, Mudstone, Siltstone.
Quartzite, Chlorite acdnolite schists, Biotite Schist, Garnet Mica
Sohist, Gneiss, Granite Gneiss, Kyanite, Amphi bolite, Talc schist,
Serpentinite, Hornfelse.

Marks: 85 PART –II(CLASS-XII) Time: 3:00 Hours

I. PALAEONTOLOGY
General Introduction to animal kingdom. Brief resume of
Invertebrate Palaeontology.
Classification of Vertebrates upto class level. Brief outline of
Jawless Vertebrates, Fishes, Amphibians, Reptiles, Birds and Mammels.
Sequence of vertebrates through time. Cainozoic fossil vertebrates.

II. STRATIGRAPHY: Introduction to stratigraphy.

Principles of Stratigraphy. Standard Time Scale. Significance of
terms used in Time Scale. Distribution of Vertebrate fossils in Siwalik
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 103
Group of Pakistan and its important Vertebrate fossils. Brief description
of the Indus Basin.

III. PHYSIOGRAPHY
Physical features of Pakistan.
(1) Geological Structures
Structures produced by diasirophism.
(2) Nature of Earth Movements
Orogenesis. Epeirogenesis, Folded mountain,
Geosynclines, Mountain building,
(3) Faulting
Elements of faults. Simple classification of faults
(displacement and slip-classifications).
(4) Joints and Cleavage
Elementary concepts.

LIST OF PRACTICAL FOR PART-I & II

Interpretation of morphology from toposhects including profile
drawing. Definition of Outcrop, dip and strik. Simple completion of
outcrop and determination of dip. Drawing of simple geological sections.
Determination of the hardness of minerals, determination of
specific gravity of minerals and rocks by Walker’s and Jolly’s balance.
Recommended Boohs
1. Geology: An Introduction to Principles of Physical and Historical
Geology (Second Edition) by Richard M. Pearl.
2. Geology by Richard M. Field (Fourth Edition).
3. An Introduction to Geology by Sir Arthur E. Trueman.
4. Rutley’s elements of Mineralogy by H.H. Read.
 104 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

SOCIOLOGY
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each)
Marks: 100 PART –I Time: 3 Hours
GENERAL SOCIOLOGY
Syllabus
I. Introduction:
1. Definition of Sociology.
2. Sociology as a scientific discipline.
3. Important fields of Sociology.
4. Sociology in every day life.
II. Social Action and Social Interaction
1. Definition.
2. Distinction.
III. Social Group
1. Definition.
2. Formation of Social Groups.
3, Types: primary group; secondary group membership group, non-membership
groups in-group, out group; locality group, formal and informat group.
IV. Role and Status :
1. Definition.
2. Types: ascribed, achieved.
3. Role conflict.
V. Norms, Sanctions and Values;
1. Definition.
2. Types of norms: folkways, motes, laws.
3. Types of sanctions: positive, negative; formal, informal.
4. Non-conformity and Social control.
5. Value conflict.
VI. Origin and Development of Society:
1. Nature of man:
2. Difference between animal and human society.
3. Important factors in the development of society.
4. Types: rural-urban nomadic-sedentary; traditional-modren.
VII. Culture:
1. Definition.
2. Uniformities and variabilities of culture.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 105
3. Cultural change and its processes: diffusion, acculturation,
accommodation assimilation.
4. Cultural Relativism and Ethnocentrism:
VIII. Social Institutions:
1. Definition.
2. Major institutions: Famils education, religion, polity, economy
IX. Social Stratification:
1. Definition.
2. Class and caste.
3. Social mobility.
4. Determinants of social stratification.
X. Social Change:
1. Definition.
2. Social change and its processes.

Marks: 100 PART –II Time: 3 Hours

PAKISTANI SOCIETY AND CULTURE
I. Introduction:
1. Ethnic origin of Pakistani people.
2. Cultural heritage, ideological foundations of Pakistan.
II. Pakistani society -Sub - Cultural Composition
1. Major sub-cultural groups in Pakistan.
2. Similarities and differences among different Sub-cultural groups.
3. Problems of national integration
III. Village Life in Punjab:
1. Village settlement.
2. Major Institutions: Family and Braderi, Political relations, Economic
relations, Religion Education.
 106 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
IV Population of Pakistan:
1. Size
2. Current Growth patterns.
3. Composition: age, sex, education.
4. Distribution - Regional and rural-urban.
5. Growth of cities.
V. Social Problems in Pakistan:
1. Over population, its implications and remedies.
2. Poverty, its causes and possible remedies.
3. Illiteracy, its implications and remedies.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 107

PHYSICS
(Distribution of Marks:)
Part-I (Class-XI) Part-II (Class-XII)
Theory: 85 Theory: 85
Practical: 30
Total: 200
..ٍ Marks: 85 PART –I(CLASS-XI) Time: 3:00 Hours
CHAPTER 1 MEASUREMENTS
1 Introduction to Physics
2 Physical Quantities
3 International System of Units
Base Units, Supplementary Units, Derived Units, Scientific
Notation, Conventions for Indicating Units
4 Error and uncertainties
5 Significant Figures
6 Precision and Accuracy
7 Assessment of Total Uncertainty in the Final Result
For Addition and Subtraction, For Multiplication and Division, For
Power Factor, For Uncertainty in the average value of many
measurements, For the Uncertainty in a timing Experiment
8 Dimensions of Physical Quantities
Checking the Homogeneity of Physical Equation, Deriving a
Possible Formula
CHAPTER 2 VECTORS AND EQUILIBRIUM
1 Basic Concepts of Vectors
Vectors, Rectangular Coordinate System, Addition of Vectors,
Resultant Vector, Vector Subtraction, Multiplication of a Vector by a
Scalar, Unit Vector, Null Vector, Equal Vectors, Rectangular
Components of a Vector, Determination of a Vector form its
Rectangular Components, Position Vector
2 Vector Addition by Rectangular Components
3 Product of Two Vectors
Scalar or Dot Product, Vector or Cross Product
4 Torque
5 Equilibrium of Forces
First Condition of Equilibrium
6 Equilibrium of Torques
Second Condition of Equilibrium
108 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER 3 MOTION AND FORCE
1 Displacement
2 Velocity
3 Acceleration
4 Velocity-Time Graph
5 Review of Equations of Uniformly Accelerated Motion
6 Newton’s Laws of Motion
7 Momentum
Momentum and Newton’s Second Law of Motion, Impulse, Law of
Conservation of Momentum
8 Elastic and Inelastic Collisions
Elastic Collision in one Dimension
9 Force due to Water Flow
10 Momentum and Explosive Forces
11 Rocket Propulsion
12 Projectile Motion
Height of the Projectile, Time of Flight, Range of the Projectile,
Application to Ballistic Missiles
CHAPTER 4 WORK AND ENERGY
1 Work done by a Constant Force
2 Work done by a Variable Force
3 Work Done in Gravitational Field
4 Power
Power and Velocity
5 Energy
Work-Energy Principle, Absolute Potential Energy, Escape Velocity
6 Interconversion of Potenial Energy and Kinetic Energy
7 Conservation of Energy
8 Non conventional Energy Sources
Energy from Tides, Energy from Waves, Solar Energy, Energy from
Biomass, Energy from Waste Products, Geothermal Energy
CHAPTER 5 CIRCULAR MOTION
1 Angular Displacement
2 Angular Velocity
3 Angular Acceleration
4 Relation Between Angular and Linear Velocities
5 Centripetal Force
6 Moment of Inertia
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 109
7 Angular Momentum
8 Law of Conservation of Angular Momentum
9 Rotational Kinetic Energy
Rotational Kinetic Energy of a Disc and a Hoop
10 Artificial satellites
11 Real and Apparent Weight
12 Weightlessness in Satellites and Gravity Free System
13 Orbital Velocity
14 Artificial Gravity
15 Geostationary Orbits
16 Communication Satellites
17 Newton’s and Einstein’s Views of Gravitation
CHAPTER 6 FLUID DYNAMICS.
1 Viscous Drag and Stokes’s Law
2 Terminal Velocity
3 Fluid Flow
4 Equation of Continuity
5 Bernoulli’s Equation
6 Applications of Bernoulli’s Equation
Torricelli’s Theorem, Relation between Speed and Pressure of the
Fluid, Venturi Relation, Blood Flow
CHAPTER 7 OSCILLATIONS
1 Simple Harmonic Motion
Instantaneous Displacement and Amplitude of Vibration, Vibration,
Time Period, Frequency, Angular Frequency
2 SHM and Uniform Circular Motion
Displacement, Instantaneous Velocity, Acceleration in terms of ω
3 Phase
4 A Horizontal Mass Spring System
5 Simple Pendulum
6 Energy Conservation in SHM
7 Free and Forced Oscillations
8 Resonance
9 Damped Oscillations
10 Sharpness of Resonance
CHAPTER 8 WAVES
1 Progressive Waves
Transverse and Longitudinal Waves
110 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
2 Periodic Waves
Transverse Periodic Waves, Longitudinal Periodic Waves
3 Speed of Sound in Air
Effect of Variation of Pressure, Density and Temperature on the
Speed of Sound in a Gas
4 Principle of Superposition
5 Interference
6 Beats
7 Reflection of Waves
8 Stationary waves
9 Stationary Waves in a Stretched String
10 Stationary Waves in air Columns
11 Doppler Effect
Applications of Doppler Effect
CHAPTER 9 PHYSICAL OPTICS.
1 Wavefronts
2 Huyen’s Principle
3 Interference of Light Waves
Conditions for Detectable Interference
4 Young’s Double Slit Experiment
5 Interference in thin Films
6 Newton’s Rings
7 Michelson’s Interferometer
8 Diffraction of Light
9 Diffraction due to a Narrow Slit
10 Diffraction Grating
11 Diffraction of X-Rays by Crystals
12 Polarization
Production and Detection of Plane Polarized Light, Optical Rotation
CHAPTER 10 OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
1 Least Distance of Distinct Vision
2 Magnifying Power and Resolving Power of Optical Instruments.
3 Simple Microscope
4 Compound Microscope
5 Astronomical Telescope
6 Spectrometer
7 Speed of light
8 Intrduction of Fibre Optics
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 111
9 Fibre Optic Principles
10 Types of Optical Fibres
11 Signal Transmission and Conversion to Sound
12 Losses of Power
CHAPTER 11 HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS
1 Kinetic Theory of Gases
Pressure of Gas, Interpretation of Temperature, Derivation of Gas Laws
2 Internal Energy
3 Work and Heat
4 First Law of Thermodynamics
Isothermal Process, Adiabatic Process
5 Molar Specific Heats of a Gas
6 Reversible and Irreversible Processes
7 Heat Engine – Diesel Engine
8 Second Law of Thermodynamics
9 Carnot Engine and Carnot’s Theorem
10 Thermodynamic Scale of Temperature
11 Petrol Engine- Diesel Engine
12 Entropy
13 Environmental Crisis as Entropy Crisis
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS IN PHYSICS
FOR CLASS XI (PART-I)
1. To find the volume of a cylinder using Vernier Calliper
2. To find the area of cross section of a wire or volume of small
sphere using microcenter screw gauge.
3. To find the unknown weight of a body by the method of vector
addition of forces.
4. Determination of value of ‘g’ by free fall using an electronic
timer/ticker timer
5. Verification of following relations of the simple pendulum;
(i) Time period is independent of the amplitude.
(ii) Time period is independent of its mass or density of the bob
(iii) Time period is directly proportional to the square root of its
length. .
6. To find the acceleration due to gravity by oscillating mass-spring
system
 112 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
7. To study the laws of conservation of momentum by colliding
trolleys and ticker timer for elastic and inelastic collisions.
8. Verify I he second condition of equilibrium using a suspended
meter rod.
9. To study the fall of a body through a viscous medium and hence
to deduce the co-efficient of viscosity of the medium.
10. To determine Young's modulus of wire by searle’s apparatus
11. To find the moment of inertia of a fly-wheet.
12. Determination of frequency of A C by Melde’s apparatus/electric
sonometer.
13. Investigation of three laws of vibration of stretched strings by
sonometer or electromagnetic method
14. To determine the wave length of sound in air using stationary
waves and to calculate, the speed of sound.
15 To determine the focal length of a convex lens by displacement
method
16. To determine the focal length of a concave lens using
(i) Concave mirror (ii) Convex lens
17. To find the refractive index of the material of a prism, using & laser
or spectrometer
18. To find the refractive index of the material of a prism by critical angle
method
19. To find the refractive index of a liquid using a concave mirror
20. To determine the wave length of sodium light by Newtons Rings.
21. To determine the wave length of light by diffraction grating using
spectrometer or laser.
22. To measure the diameter of a wire or hair using laser.
23. Setting up a telescope and determination of its, magnifying power
and length:
24. To find the coefficient of linear expansion of the material of a rod
by Pullinger's apparatus.
25 To measure the mechanical equivalent of heat by electrical method
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 113
ESTIMATED TIME ALLOCATION AND WEIGHTAGE FOR
VARIOUS CHAPTERS
PHYSICS CLASS XI (PART-I)
Theory Content Periods Weight age
Chapter 1 Measurements 13 7%
Chapter 2 Vectors and Equilibrium 13 7%
Chapter 3 Motion and Force 10 6%
Chapter 4 Work Power and Energy 11 7%
Chapter 5 Circular motion 11 7%
Chapter 6 Fluid Dynamics 10 6%
Chapter 7 Oscillations, 14 10%
Chapter 8 Waves 14 10%
Chapter 9 Physical Optics 16 13%
Chapter 10 Optical instruments 16 12%
Chapter 11 Heat and Thermodynamics 22 15%
Total 150 100%
1 Practicals:150 Periods …………….Grand Total: 300

Recommended Book: Physics Part-I

Authors:
1) Prof. Dr. Ijaz Mujtaba Ghauri 2) Prof. Dr. Mrs. Fouzia Saleemi
3) Prof. Dr. M. Zakaria Butt 4) Prof. Muhammad Ali Shahid
5) Prof. Muhammad Nisar 6) Prof. Dr. Khadim Hussain
7) Prof. Jawaid Tariq 8) Prof. Fayyaz Mahmood
9) Prof. Miss. Surriya Usmani 10) Mr. Aamer Riaz
Publisher:Jan Book Depot, Lahore.(Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore)
114 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Marks: 85 PART –II (CLASS-XII) Time: 3:00 Hours
CHAPTER 12 ELECTROSTATICS
1 Coulomb’s Law
2 Fields of Force
3 Electric Field Lines
4 Applications of Electrostatics
5 Electric Flux
6 Electric Flux through a Surface enclosing a Charge
7 Gauss’s Law
8 Applications of Gauss’s Law
9 Electric Potential
10 Electron Volt
11 Electric and Gravitational Forces (A Comparison)
12 Charge on an Electron by Millikan’s Method
13 Capacitor
14 Capacitance of a Parallel Plate Capacitor
15 Electric Polarization of Dielectrics
16 Energy Stored in a Capacitor
17 Charging and Discharging Capacitor
CHAPTER 13 CURRENT ELECTRICITY
1 Electric Current
2 Source of Current
3 Effects of Current
4 Ohm’s Law
5 Resistivity and its Dependence upon Temperature
6 Colour code for Carbon Resistances
7 Electrical Power and Power Dissipation in Resistors
8 Electromotive force (EMF) and Potential Difference
9 Kirchhoff’s Rules
10 Wheatstone Bridge
11 Potentiometer
CHAPTER 14 ELECTROMAGNETISM
1 Magnetic Field due to Current in a long Straight Wire
2 Force on a Current Carrying Conductor in a Uniform Magnetic Field
3 Magnetic Flux and Flux Density
4 Ampere’s Law and Determination of Flux Density B
5 Force on a Moving Charge in a Magnetic Field
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 115
6 Motion of Charged Particle in an Electric and Magnetic Field
7 Determination of e/m of an Electron
8 Cathode ray Oscilloscope
9 Torque on a Current Carrying Coil
10 Galvanometer
11 Avo Meter - Multimeter
CHAPTER 15 ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
1 Induced EMF and Induced Current
2 Motional EMF
3 Faraday’s Law and Induced EMF
4 Lenz’s Law and Direction of Induced EMF
5 Mutual Induction
6 Self Induction
7 Energy Stored in an Inductor
8 Alternating Current Generator
9 D.C. Generator
10 Back Motor Effect in Generators
11 D.C. Motor
12 Back EMF Effect in Motors
13 Transformer
CHAPTER 16 ALTERNATING CURRENT
1 Alternating Current
2 A.C. Circuits
3 A.C. through a Resistor
4 A.C. through a Capacitor
5 A.C. through an Inductor
6 Impedance
7 R-C and R-L Series Circuits
8 Power in A.C. Circuits
9 Series Resonance Circuit
10 Parallel Resonance Circuit
11 Three Phase A.C. Supply
12 Principle of Metal Detectors
13 Choke
14 Electromagnetic Waves
15 Principle of Generation, Transmission and Reception of
Electromagnetic Waves
16 Modulation
116 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER 17 PHYSICS OF SOLIDS
1 Classification of Solids
2 Mechanical Properties of Solids
3 Electrical Properties of Solids
4 Superconductors
5 Magnetic Properties of Solid
CHAPTER 18 ELECTRONICS
1 Brief Review of p-n Junction and its Characteristics
2 Rectification
3 Specially Designed p-n Junctions
4 Transistors
5 Transistor as an Amplifier
6 Transistor as a Switch
7 Operational Amplifier
8 Op-Amp as Inverting Amplifier
9 Op-Amp as Non-Inverting Amplifier
10 Op-Amp as A Comparator
11 Comparator as a Night Switch
12 Digital Systems
13 Fundamental Logic Gates
14 Other Logic Gates
15 Application of Gates in control Systems
CHAPTER 19 DAWN OF MODERN PHYSICS
1 Relative Motion
2 Inertial Frame of Reference
3 Special Theory of Relativity
4 Black Body Radiation
5 Interaction of Electromagnetic Radiation with matter
6 Annihilation of Matter
7 Wave Nature of Particles
8 Uncertainty Principle
CHAPTER 20 ATOMIC SPECTRA
1 Atomic Spectra
2 Bohr’s Model of the Hydrogen Atom
3 Inner Shell Transitions and Characteristic X-Rays
4 Uncertainty within the Atom
5 Laser
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 117
CHAPTER 21 NUCLEAR PHYSICS
1 Atomic Nucleus
2 Isotopes
3 Mass Deffect and Binding Energy
4 Radioactivity
5 Half Life
6 Interaction of Radiation with matter
7 Radiation Detectors
8 Nuclear Reactions
9 Nuclear Fission
10 Fusion Reaction
11 Radiation Exposure
12 Biological Effects of Radiation
13 Biological and Medical uses of Radiation
14 Basic Forces of Nature
15 Building Blocks of Matter

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS IN PHYSICS

FOR CLASS XII (PART-II)
1. To find the resistance of a wire by slide wire bridge.
2. To find the resistance of a Galvanometer by half deflection method
3. To find the resistance of a voltmeter by drawing graph between R and I/V
4. Variation of resistance of thermister with temperature
5. Conversion of Galvanometer into Ammeter
6. Conversion of Galvanometer into Voltmeter.
7. To find the internal resistance of a cell using a Potentiometer.
8. To determine the e.m.f of a cell using potentiometer
9. Relation between current passing through a tungsten filament lamp and
the potential apphed across it.
10. Variation of magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil
11. Charging and discharging of a capacitor and to measure time constant
12. Relation between current and capacitance when different capacitors are
used in A C. circuit
13. Characteristics of a semi-conductor diode and calculation of forward and
reverse current resistance.
14. Characteristics-of a N.P.N transistor.
 118 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
15. Study of the variation of electric current with intensity of light using a
photo cell.
16. To estimate the value of Planck's corstant by using photo cell tube and
coloured light filters.
17. Measurement of D.C and A.C voltage by cathode Ray Oscilloscope.
18. To verify truth table for logic gates.
19. To make burglar alarm using NAND gate.
20. To make a fire alarm using NOT gate.
21. Characteristics of a G.M. tube.
22. Determination of high resistance by Neon flash lamp.
23. To determine the e/m of electrons by deflection method (teltron tube)

Exercises
At least one exercise based on each of the above mentioned standard
experiments making the total experiments equal to 16.
A.B Pre-assembled circuits/experimental set up should be discouraged the
students themselves assemble the electrical/electronic circuits-from various
components. Use of centimeter graph be made compulsory.

ESTIMATED TIME ALLOCATION AND WEIGHTAGE FOR

VARIOUS CHAPTERS
PHYSICS CLASS XII(PART-II)
Theory Content Periods Weightage,
Chapter 12 Electrostatic 18 12%
Chapter 13 Current electricity 15 10% •
Chapter 14 Electro Magnetism 16 10%
Chapter 15 Electromagnetism Induction 12 8%
Chapter 16 Alternating current 18 12%
Chapter 17 Physics of solids 8 5%
Chapter 18 Electronics 10 7%
Chapter 19 Dawn of Modern Physics 18 12%
Chapter 20 Atomic Spectra 15 10%
Chapter 21 Nuclear Physics 20 14%
Total * 150 100% .
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 119
CHEMISTRY
Distribution of Marks:
Part-I (Class-XI) Part-II (Class-XII)
Theory: 85 Theory: 85
Practical: 30
Total: 200
Marks: 85 PART –I(CLASS-XI) Time: 3:00 Hours
CHAPTER-1 THE BASIC CONCEPTS
1.1 Atom
Evidence of Atoms, Molecule, Ion and Molecular Ion
1.2 Relative atomic mass
1.3 Isotopes
Relative Abundance of Isotopes, Determination of Relative Atomic
Masses of Isotopes by Mass Spectrometry, Average Atomic Masses
1.4 Analysis of a Compound – Empirical and Molecular Formulas
Empirical Formula, Empirical Formula from Combustion Analysis,
Molecular formula
1.5 Concept of Mole
Avogadro’s Number, Molar Volume
1.6 Stoichiometry
1.7 Limiting Reactant
1.8 Yield
CHAPTER-2 EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES IN CHEMISTRY
2.1 Filtration
Filtration Through Filter Paper, Filtration Through Filter Crucibles
2.2 Crystallization
Choice of Solvent, Preparation of the Saturated Solution, Filtration,
Cooling, Collecting the Crystals, Drying of the Crystallized Substance,
Decolourization of Undesirable Colours
2.3 Sublimation
2.4 Solvent extraction
2.5 Chromatography
Paper Chromatography
CHAPTER- 3 THE GASES
3.1 States of matter.
Properties of Gases, Liquids and Solids, Units of Pressure
3.2 Gas laws
 120 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Boyle’s Law, Experimental Verification of Boyle’s Law of Boyle’s Law
Graphical Explanation, Charles’s Law, Graphical Explanation
3.3 General Gas Equation
Ideal Gas Constant R, Density of an Ideal Gas
3.4 Avogadro’s Law
3.5 Dalton’s Law of Partial Pressures
Calculation of Partial Pressure of a Gas, Applications of Dalton’s Law
of Partial Pressures
3.6 Diffusion and Effusion
Graham’s Law of Diffusion, Demonstration of Graham’s Law
3.7 Kinetic Molecular Theory of Gases
Explanation of Gas Laws from Kinetic Theory of Gases
3.8 Kinetic Interpretation of Temperature
3.9 Liquefaction of Gases
General Principle of Liquefaction, Methods of Liquefaction of Gases
3.10 Non-Ideal Behaviour of Gases
Causes for Deviations from Ideality, Van der Waals Equation for Real
Gases
3.11 Plasma State
CHAPTER-4 LIQUIDS AND SOLIDS
Introduction
4.1 Intermolecular forces
Dipole-Dipole Forces, Dipole-Induced Dipole Forces, Instantaneous
Dipole-Induced Dipole Forces or London Dispersion Forces, Factors
Affecting the London Forces, Hydrogen Bonding, Properties and
Application of Compunds Containing Hydrogen-Bonding
4.2 Evaporation
Vapour Pressure, Measurement of Vapour Pressure, Boiling Point,
Boiling Point and External Pressure, Energetics of Phase Changes,
Energy Change and Intermolecular Attraction, Change of State and
Dynamic Equilibrium
4.3 Liquid crystals
4.4 Solids
Introduction, Types of Solids, Properties of Crystalline Solids
4.5 Crystal Lattice
Unit cell
4.6 Crystals and their classification
4.7 Classification of Solids
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 121
Ionic solids, Covalent Solids, Molecular Solids, Metallic Solids
CHAPTER-5 ATOMIC STRUCTURE
5.1 Sub-Atomic Particles of Atom
Discovery of Electron (Cathode Rays), Properties of Cathode Rays,
Discovery of Proton (Positive Rays), Properties of Positive Rays,
Discovery of Neutron, Properties of Neutron, Measurement of e
Value of Electron, Measurement of Charge on Electron m
52 Rutherford’s Model of Atom (Dicovery of Nucleus)
5.3 Planck’s Quantum Theory
54 Bohr's Model of Atom
55 Spectrum
Continuous Spectrum, Atomic or Line Spectrum, Atomic Emission
Spectrum, Atomic Absorption Spectrum, Hydrogen Spectrum, Origin of
Hydrogen Spectrum on the Basis of Bohr’s Model, Defects of Bohr’s
Atomic Model
5.6 X-Rays and Atomic Number
5.7 Wave-Particle Nature of Matter (Dual Nature of Matter )
Experimental Verification of Dual Nature of Matter
5.8 Heisenberg's Uncertainty Principle
Quantum Numbers, Shapes of Orbitals
5.9 Electronic Distribution
CHAPTER-6 CHEMICAL BONDING
6.1 Introduction
Cause of Chemical Combination, Energetics of Bond Formation,
6.2 Atomic Sizes
Atomic Radii, Ionic Radii and Covalent Radii
6.3 Ionization Energy Electron Affinity and Electronegativity
6.4 Types of Bonds
Ionic Bond, Covalent bond, Modern Theories of Covalent Bond,
Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion Theory, Valence Bond Theory,
Atomic Orbital Hybridization and Shapes of Molecules, Molcular Obital
Theory
6.5 Bond Energy, bond Length and Dipole Moment
Bond Energy, Ionic Character and Bond Energy, Bond Length, Dipole
Moment, Dipole Moments and Molecular Structure
6.6 Effect of Bonding on the Properties of Compounds
 122 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER-7 THERMO CHEMISTRY
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Spontaneous and Non-Spontaneous Reactions
7.3 System, Surrounding and State Function
7.4 Internal Energy and First Law of Thermodynamics
7.5 Enthalpy
Enthalpy of a Reaction, Formation, Atomization, Neutralization,
Combustion and Solution, Measurement of Enthalpy of a Reaction
7.6 Hess's Law of Constant Heat Summation
The Born-Haber Cycle
CHAPTER-8 CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM
8.1 Reversible and Irreversible Reactions
State of Chemical Equilibrium, Law of Mass Action, Units of
Equilibrium Constants and its Expressions for Some Important
Reactions, Relationship between Equilibrium Constants, Application of
Equilibrium Constant, The Le-Chatelier’s Principle
8.2 Applications of Chemical Equilibrium in Industry
Synthesis of Ammonia by Haber’s Process, Preparation of Sulphur
Trioxide
8.3 Ionic Product of Water
8.4 Ionization Constants of Acids (Ka)
8.5 Ionization Constants of Bases (Kb)
8.6 Lowry Bronsted Acid and Base Concept
8.7 Common Ion Effect
8.8 Buffer Solutions
8.9 Equilibria of Slightly Soluble Ionic Compounds (Solubility Product)
Applications of Solubility Product
CHAPTER-9 SOLUTIONS
9.1 Concept of A Solution
9.2 Concentration Units of Solutions
Percentage Composition, Molarity (Symbol, M), Molarity (Symbol, m),
Mole Fraction (Symbol, x), Parts Per Milion (Symbol, ppm),
Interconversion of Various Concentration Units of Solutions
9.3 Types of solutions
Solutions of Solids in Liquids, Solutions of Liquids in Liquids
9.4 Ideal and Non-Ideal Solutions
Raoult’s Law
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 123
9.5 Vapour Pressures of Liquid-Liquid Solutions
9.6 Solubility and Solubility Curves
Solubility Curves, Fractional Crystallisation
9.7 Colligative Properties of Solutions
Colligative, Lowering of Vapour Pressure, Elevation of Boiling Point,
Measurement of Boiling Point Elevation, Depression of the Freezing
Point of a Solvent by a Solute, Measurement of Freezing Depression.
9.8 Energetics of Solution
Hydration Energy of Ions
9.9 Hydration and Hydrolysis
Hydration, Hydrates, Hydrolysis
CHAPTER-10 ELECTROCHEMISTRY
10.1 Oxidation State and Balancing of Redox Equations
Oxidation Number or State, To Find Oxidation Number of an Element
in a Compound or a Radical, Balancing of Redox Equations by
Oxidation Number Method, Balancing of Redox Equations by Ion-
Electron Method
10.2 Electrolytic conduction
Electrochemical Cells, Electrolytic Cells, Explanation of Electrolysis,
Electrolysis Processes of Industrial Importance, Voltaic or Galvanic Cell
10.3 Electrode Potential
Standard Hydrogen Electrode, Measurement of Electrode Potential
10.4 Electrochemical Series
Applications of Electrochemical Series
10.5 Modern Batteries and Fuel Cells
Lead Accumulator, Alkaline Battery , Silver Oxide Battery, Nickel
Cadmium Cell, Fuel Cells
CHAPTER-11 REACTION KINETICS
11.1 Rate of Reaction
Instantaneous and Average Rate, Specific Rate Constant or Velocity
Constant, Order of Reaction, Half Life Period, Rate Determinig Step
11.2 Determination of rate of a Chemical Reaction
Physical Methods, Chemical Method
11.3 Energy of Activation
11.4 Finding the Order of Reaction
Half Life Method, Method of Large Excess

11.5 Factors Affecting Rates of Reactions

 124 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Nature of Reactants, Concentration of Reactants, Surface Area, Light,
Effect of Temperature on Rate of Reaction, Arrhenius Equation
11.6 Catalysis
Characteristics of a Catalyst, Activation of Catalyst, Enzyme Catalysis,
Characteristic of Enzyme Catalysis

IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS TO STUDENTS IN THE

LABORATORY
I. Knowledge of precautions and laboratory safety.
II, Knowledge of first aid and first aid kit.
III. Familiarity with glass ware.
IV. Cutting and bending of glass tubes.

LIST OF PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES FOR CLASS XI (PART-I)

1. Separation of a mixture of inks by paper chromatography
2. Separation and identification of lead and Cadmium ions in a mixture
solution by paper chromatography.
3. Purification of commercial NaCl (common ion effect).
4. Crystallization of Benzoic acid from Water.
5. Preparation and standardization of acid-alkali solutions.
6. Determination of heat of neutralization.
7. Determination of Na2CO3 in a mixture solution.
8. Determination of NaHCO3 in a mixture solution.
9. Standardization of KMnO4 solution by standard oxalic acid solution.
10. Determination of number of water molecules of crystallization in
Mohr's salt and Ferrous sulphate.
11. Determination of acetic acid in Vinegar.
12. Titration of iodine solution against sodium thiosulphate solution
using starch solution as indicator.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 125
ESTIMATED TIME ALLOCATION AND WEIGHTAGE FOR
VARIOUS CHAPTERS CHEMISTRY XI (PART-I)
Theory Periods
Chapter Content Periods Weightage
No.
1 The Basic concepts 14 7%
2 Experimental techniques in chemistry X 4%
3. The Gases 12 6%
4 Liquids and Solids 16 8%
5 Atomic structure 18 9%
6 Chemical bonding 18 9%
7 Thermo chemistry 10 5%
8 Chemical equilibrium 14 7%
9 Solutions 14 7%
10 Electro chemistry 16 8%
11 Reaction Kinetics 10 5%
Total 150 75%

Recommended Book: Chemistry Part-I

Authors:
1) Prof. Dr. Ali Muhammad 2) Prof. Dr. Shams-ul-Haq Qureshi
3) Prof. Choudhry Sana Ullah 4) Prof. Dr. Muhammad Lateef Khan
5) Prof. Dr. Abid Zia 6) Prof. Dr. Akbar Hussain
Editors:
1) Prof. Dr. Ali Muhammad 2) Prof. Choudhry Sana Ullah
3) Prof. Dr. Abid Zia
Publisher: Idara Matboat Sulemani, Lahore.
For: Punjab TextBook Board, Lahore.
 126 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Marks: 85 PART –II(CLASS-XII) Time: 3:00 Hours
CHAPTER-1 PERIODIC CLASSIFICATIN OF ELEMENTS
AND PERIODICITY
1.1 Introduction
Historical Background, Improvements in Mendeleev’s Periodic Table
1.2 The Modern Periodic Table
Group and Periods, Some More Families in the Periodic Table,
Block in the Periodic Table, Metals, Non-metals and Metalloids
1.3 Periodic Trends in Physical Properties
Atomic Size, Ionization Energy, Electron Afinity, Metallic and Non-
Metallic Character, Melting and Boiling Points, Oxidation State,
Electrical Conductance, Hydration Energy
1.4 Periodic Relationship in compounds
1.5 The Position of Hydrogen
CHAPTER-2 s-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2.1 Introduction
Electronic Configurations of s-Block Elements, Occurrence of Alkali
Metals, Occurrence of Alkaline-Earth Metals, Peculiar Behaviour of
Lithium, Peculiar Behaviour of Beryllium
2.2 General Behaviour of Alkali Metals
Trends in Chemical Properties of Alkali Metals, Trends in Chemical
Properties of Altaline-Earth Metals, General Trends in Properties of
Compounds of Alkali and Alkaline-Earth Metals
2.3 Commercial Preparation of Sodium by Downs Cell
2.4 Commercial Preparation of Sodium Hydroxide by the
Diaphragm cell
2.5 Role of Gypsum in Agriculture and Industry
Role of Gypsum in Agriculture, Role of Gypsum in Industries
2.6 Role of Lime in Agriculture and Industry
Role of Lime in Agriculture, Role of Lime in Industries
CHAPTER- 3 GROUP IIIA AND GROUP IVA ELEMENTS
3.1 Group IIIA Elements
Occurrence (Boron and Aluminium), Peculiar Behaviour of Boron
3.2 Compounds of Boron
Borax (Sodium Tetraborate Na2B4O710H2O), Boric Acids,
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 127
3.3 Reactions of aluminium
Reaction with Air, Reaction with Non-Metals, Reaction with Acids and
Alkalies
3.4 Group IVA Elements
Occurrence of Carbon, Peculiar Behaviour of Carbon
3.5 Compounds of Carbon and Silicon
Oxides of Silicon, Silicates and their Uses, Silicones
3.6 Semiconductors
3.7 Uses of Lead Compounds in Paints
Lead Suboxide, Pb2O, Lead Monoxide (Litharge, Massicot) PbO,
Triplumbic Tetra Oxide, (red lead, minium), Pb3O4, Lead Dioxide,
PbO2, white Lead, Lead Chromate (PbCrO4)
CHAPTER-4 GROUP VA AND VIA ELEMENTS
4.1 Group VA Elements
Introduction, General Characteristics
4.2 Nitrogen And Its Compounds
Occurrence, Oxides of Nitrogen, Oxyacids of Nitrogen
4.3 Phosphorus and its Compounds
Occurrence, Allotropes of Phosphorus, Halides of Phosphorus,
Oxides of Phosphorus, Oxyacids of Phosphorus
4.4 Group VIA Elements
Group VIA Elements, General Characteristics, Occurrence, Comparison
of Exygen and Sulphur,
4.5 Sulphuric Acid (H2SO4)
Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid, Properties, Uses of Sulphuric Acid
CHAPTER-5 THE HALOGENS AND THE NOBLE GASES
5.1 Introduction
5 2 Occurrence
5.3 Peculiar Behoviour of Fluorine
5 4 Oxidizing Properties
5 5 Compounds of Halogens
Hydrides (hydrogen halides, HX), Oxides of Halogens, Reactions of
Chlorine with Cold and Hot NaOH, Oxyacids, Bleaching Powder,
(Ca(OCl)Cl)
5.6 Commercial Uses of Halogens and Their Compounds
 128 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
5.7 Noble Gases
Introduction, Compounds of Xenon, Fluorides of Xenon, Xenon
Oxyfluorides, Oxides of Xenon, Applications of the Noble Gases
CHAPTER-6 TRANSITION ELEMENTS
6.1 Introduction
Typical and Non-Typical Transition Elements
6.2 Properties of Transition Elements
General charactetistics
6.3 Complex Compounds
Components of Complex Compounds, Chelates, Nomenclature,
Geometry of Complexes
6.4 Iron
Commercial Forms of Iron, Wrought Iron, Manufacture of Wrought Iron
from Cast Iron, Steel, Manufacture of Steel, Open Hearth Process,
Bessemer’s Process
6.5 Corrosion
Electrochemical Theory, Prevention from Corrosion, Tin Plating or
Coating Iron with Tin (cathode coating), Galvanizing or Zinc Coating
(anode coating)
6.6 Chromates and Dichromates
Potassium Chromate (K2CrO4), Properties, Potassium Dichromate
(K2Cr2O7), Properties
6.7 Potassium Permanganate (KMnO4)
Properties
CHAPTER-7 FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
7.1 Introduction
Modern Definition of Organic Chemistry
7.2 Some Features of Organic Compounds
7.3 Importance of Organic Chemistry
7.4 Sources of Organic Compounds
Coal, Natural Gas, Petroleum
7.5 Cracking of Petroleum
7.6 Reforming
7.7 Classifications of Organic Compounds
7.8 Functional Group
7.9 Hybridization of Orbitals and The Shapes of Molecules
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 129
7.10 Isomerism
Types of Isomerism
CHAPTER-8 ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS
8.1 Introduction
8.2 Nomenclature
Common or Trivial Names,IUPAC Names, Nomenclature of Alkenes,
Nomenclature of Alkynes
8.3 Alkanes or Paraffins
General Methods of Preparations, Physical Properties, Reactivity of
Alkanes, Reactions, Uses of Methane
8.4 Alkenes
General Methods of Preparation, Physical Properties, Reactivity of
a π-bond, Reactions of Alkenes, Uses of Ethene
8.5 Alkynes
General Methods of Preparation, Physical Characteristics,
Reactivity of Alkynes, Reactions, Uses of Ethyne, Comparison of
Reactivities of Alkanes, Alkenes and Alkynes
CHAPTER-9 AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
9.1 Introduction
9.2 Nomenclature
9.3 Benzene
Structure of Benzene, Straight Chain Structures Ruled Out:, Kekule’s
Structure, X-Ray Studies of Benzene Structure, Modern Concepts about
the Structure of Benzene Atomic Orbital Treatment of Benzene, The
Stability of Benzene, The Resonance Method
9.4 Preparation of Benzene
9.5 Reactions of Benzene
General Pattern of Reactivity of Benzene towards Electrophiles,
Electrophilic Substitution Reactions, Reactions in which Benzene
Ring is involved, Orientation in Electrophilic Substitution reactions
9.6 Comparison of Reactivities of Alkanes, Akenes and Benzene
CHAPTER-10 ALKHYL HALIDES
10.1 Introduction
10.2 Nomenclature of Alkhyl Halides
10.3 Methods of Preparation of Alkyl Halides
10.4 Reactivity of Alkyl Halides
 130 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
10.5 Reactions of Alky Halides
Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions, Mechanism of Nucelophilic
Substitution Reactions, Elimination Reactions
10.6 Grignard Reagent
CHAPTER-11 ALCOHOLS, PHENOLS AND ETHERS
11.1 Introduction
11.2 Alcohols
Nomenclature of Alcohols, Industrial Preparation of Alcohols, Physical
Properties, Reactions of Alcohols, Reactions in which C — O Bond is
Broken, Reactions involving the Cleavage of O — H bond, Some other
Reactions of Alcohols
11.3 Distinction Between Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Alcohols
11 4 Uses of Alcohols
11.5 Phenol
Preparation of Phenol, Physical Properties, Reactions of Phenol, Acidic
behaviour of Phenol, Reactions of Phenol due to-OH Group, Reactions
of Phenol due to Benzene Ring
11.6 Ethers
Nomenclature, Preparation of Ethers, Physical Properties, Chemical
Reactivity
CHAPTER-12 ALDEHYDES AND KETONES
12.1 Introduction
12.2 Nomenclature
12.3 Preparation of Aldehydes and Ketones
12.4 Reactivity of Carbonyl Group
12.5 Reactions of Carbonyl Compounds
Nucleophilic addition Reactions, Reduction Reactions, Oxidation
Reactions
12.6 Identification of Carbonyl Compounds
12.7 Uses
CHAPTER-13 CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
13.1 Introduction
13.2 Nomenclature of Carboxylic Acids
Common or Trivial names, The IUPAC Nomenclature
13.3 General Methods of Preparation
13.4 Physical Characteristics
13.5 Reactivity of Carboxyl Group
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 131
13.6 Reactions of Carboxylic Acids
13.7 Acetic Acid
Laboratory Methods, Manufacture of Acetic Acid, Physical
Characteristics, Reactions of Acetic Acid, Uses of Acetic Acid
13.8 Amino Acids
Essential and Non-essential Amino Acids, Nomenclature of Amino
Acids, Structure of Amino Acids, Acidic and Basic Characters of Amino
Acids, Synthesis of Amino Acids, Reactions of Amino Acids, Test of
Amino Acids, Peptides and Proteins
CHAPTER-14 MACROMOLECULES
14.1 Introduction
14.2 Structure of Polymers
14.3 Types of Polymers
14.4 Polymerization Process
14.5 Brief Description of Synthetic Polymers
14.6 Biopolymers
Carbohydrates, Classification of Carbohydrates, Proteins, Classification
of Proteins, Structure of Proteins, Denaturation of Proteins, Importance
of Proteins, Lipids, Sources of Fats and Oils, Structure and Composition
of Fats and Oils, Classification, Physical Properties, Chemical
Properties, Saponificaton Number, Rancidity of Fats or Oils, Iodine
Number, Acid Number, Steroids, Importance of Lipids, Enzymes,
Classification of Enzyme, Properties of Enzymes, Factors Affecting
Enzyme Activity, Importance of Enzymes, Nucleic Acids, Components
of Nucleic Acids
CHAPTER-15 COMMON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES IN
PAKISTAN
11.1 Introduction
11.2 Fertilizers
Early History, What are Fertilizers
11.3 Elements Essential for Plant Growth
Micro-nutrients (Trace elements), Macro-nutrients, Requirement of
a Fertilizer, Essential Qualities of a Good Fertilizer
11 4 Classification of Fertilizers
Nitrogeneous Fertilizers, Phosphatic Fertilizers, Potassium Fertilizers,
Fertilizer Industry in Pakistan
 132 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
11.5 Cement
Early History, Definition, Raw Materials, Manufacturing Process of
Cement, Wet Process, Setting of Cement, Cement industry in Pakistan
11.6 Paper Industry
Early History, Definition, Brief Description of the Process, Pulping
Processes, Neutral Sulphite Semi Chemical Process
CHAPTER-16 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
16.1 Introduction
Components of the Environment
16.2 Types of Pollution
Air Pollution, The Effects of Polluted Air on Environment, Water Pollution
16.3 Factors Affecting the Quality of Water
Purification of Water
16.4 Solid Waste Management
Effects of Dumping Waste in Sea and Rivers, Landfill, Incineration of
the Muncipal Solid Waste, Treatment of Industrial Waste, Incineration
of Indestrial and Hazardous Waste, Recycling of Waste

IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS TO STUDENTS IN THE

LABORATORY
I. Knowledge of precautions and laboratory safety.
II, Knowledge of first aid and first aid kit.
III. Familiarity with glass ware.
IV. Cutting and bending of glass tubes.
CONTENTS OF PRACTICAL FOR CLASS XII (PART-II)
1. Quantitative analysis of simple acid and basic radicals except
insoluble and interfering radicals.
2. Estimation of Barium ions as Barium Chronate
3. Detection or elements in an organic compound (N.S. Halogens).
4 Identification of the following functional groups in a simple organic
compound
(i) Carboxylic
(ii) Phenolic.
(iii) Aldehydic
(iv) Preparation of Aspirin. Iodoform, glucosazone and copper
ammine complex.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 133
Theory Periods CHEMISTRY XII
Chapter Content Periods Weightage
1 Periodic classification of elements 12 6%
2 s-Block elements 8 4%
3 Group III and IV elements 8 4%
4 Group V and Vl elements 10 5%
5 The halogens and noble gases 10 5%
6 The transition elements 12 6%
7 Fundamental principles of organic 10 5%
chemistry
8. Aliphatic hydrocarbons 10 5%
9 Aromatic hydrocarbons 8 4%
10 Alkyl halides 8 4%
11 Alcohol, phenols and ethers 10 5%
12 Aldehydcs and ketones 8 4%
13 Carboxylic Acids and their derivatives 6 3%
14 Macromolecules 8 4%
15 Common chemical industries 8 4%
16 Environmental chemistry 14 7%
Total 150 75%

Recommended Book: Chemistry Part-II

Authors:
1. Dr. Jameel Anwar 2. Dr. Imtiaz Ahmad
3. Dr. Shaukat Ali 4. Syed Ghulam Akbar
5. Dr. M. Akram Kashmiri 6. Ch. Karam Elahi
7. Mrs. Nasreen Batool Qaiser 8. Mr. Tariq Ahmad Niazi
9. Mrs. Nazeer Ahmad Chughtai 10. Mr. Zafar Mehdi Zafar
11. Mr. Saad Ali Khan 12. Mr. Javed Iqbal Lodhi
13. Mr. Naseem Asghar Ginai 14. Muhammad Shoaib Jehangir
15. Mr. Iftikhar Ahmad
Publisher: Nazriya-e-Pakistan Trust, Lahore.
For Punjab TextBook Board, Lahore.
134 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

BIOLOGY
Distribution of Marks:
Part-I (Class-XI) Part-II (Class-XII)
Theory: 85 Theory: 85
Practical: 30
Total Marks: 200
Marks: 85 PART –I(CLASS-XI) Time: 3:00 Hours
CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION
1. Biology and Some Major Fields of Specialization
Molecular Biology, Environmental Biology, Microbiology, Freshwater
Biology, Marine Biology, Parasitology, Human Biology, Social
Biology, Biotechnology.
2. Level of Biological Organization
Atomic & Subatomic Levels, Molecular Level, Organelles & Cell,
Tissue Level, Organs & Systems, Individual (Whole Organism),
Population, Community, Living World in Space
3. Living World in Time
Phyletic Lineage, Biological method
4. Biology and the Service of Mankind
Disease Control
5. Protection and Conservation of Environment
CHAPTER-2 BIOLOGICAL MOLECULES
1. Introduction to Biochemistry
2. Importance of Carbon
3. Importance of Water
Solvent Properties, Heat Capacity, Heat of Vaporization, Ionization of
Water Protection
4. Carbohydrates
Introduction
Classification of Carbohydrates
5. Lipids
Introduction
Acylglycerols, Waxes, Phospholipids, Terpenoids
6. Structure of Proteins
Classification of Proteins
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 135
7. Nucleic Acids (DNA and RNA)
DNA (Deoxyribonucleic acid)
RNA (Ribonucleic Acid)
Introduction
Types of RNA
8. Conjugated Molecules

CHAPTER-3 ENZYMES
Introduction
1. Characteristics of Enzymes
2. Mechanism of Enzyme Action (Catalysis)
3. tors Affecting the Rate of Enzyme Action
Enzyme concentration, Substrate concentration, Temperature, PH value
4. Inhibitors
Irreversible inhibitors, Reversible inhibitors
CHAPTER-4 THE CELL
1. Emergence and Implication of Cell Theory
Cell as a Unit of Structure and Function
2. Structure of a Generalized Cell
Cell wall, Cytoplasm, Cell Membrane, Endoplasmic Reticulum,
Ribosomes, Golgi Apparatus, Lysosomes, Peroxisome, Glyoxysomes,
Vacuoles, Cytoskeleton, Centriole, Mitochondria, plastids
3. Nucleus
Nuclear Membrane, Nucleolus, Chromosomes
4. Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Cell
CHAPTER-5 VARIETY OF LIFE
Introduciton
1. Nomenclature
2. Two to five Kingdom Classification Systems
3. Viruses
Characteristics, Structure, Life Cycle of Bacteriophages,
Classification of Viruses, Some Viral Diseases, Retroviruses,
Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS), Hepatitis
 136 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER-6 KINGDOM PROKARYOTAE
Introduction
1. Discovery of Bacteria
2. Occurrence of Bacteria
3. Structure of Bacteria
Size, Shape of Bacteria, Bacterial Cell structure, Pili and their functions,
The Cell Envelope: the outer wrapping of bacteria, Cell Membrane,
Cytoplasmic Matrix, Nucleoid, Plasmid, Ribosomes, Mesosomes,
Granules and Storage Bodies, Spores, Cysts, Nutrition of Bacteria,
Respiration in Bacteria, Growth and Reproduction.

4. Importance of Bacteria
Ecological Importance, Economic Importance, Medical Importance,
Control of Bacteria.
5. Use and Misuse of Antibiotics
6. Characteristics of Cyanobacteria
7. Economic Importance
8. Nostoc
Habitat and Occurrence, Structure, Reproduction
CHAPTER-7 KINGDOM PROTISTA OR (PROTOCTISTA)
Introduction
1. Historical Perspective
2. Diversity among Protista
3. Major Groups of Protista
Protozoa: animal – like protests, Amoebae, Zooflagellates, Ciliates,
Foraminiferans and Actinopods, Apicomplexans
4. The Algae Like Protists
Introduction, The Euglenoids, The Dinoflagellates, Diatoms,
Brown Algae, Red Algae, Green Algae, Importance of Algae.
5. Fungus-Like Protists
Slime molds or myxomycota, Water Molds or Oomycota
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 137
CHAPTER-8 FUNGI
1. The Body of Fungus
2. Nutrition in Fungi
3. Reproduction
Asexual reproduction, Sexual reproduction
4. Classification of Fungi
Zygomycota (zygomycetes or conjugating fungi, Ascomycota
(ascomycetes of sac-fungi), Basidiomycota (basidiomycetes or club-
fungi), Deuteromycota (deuteromycetes or imperfect fungi)
5. Land Adaptations of Fungi
6. Importance of Fungi
Ecological importance, Commercial importance
CHAPTER-9 KINGDOM PLANATAE
Introduction
1. Classification of Plantae
2. Division Bryophyta
3. Adaptation to Land Habitat
4. Classification
Hepaticopsida (liverworts), Bryopsida, Anthoceropsida (hornworts),
Alternation of Generations, The Significance of Alternation of
Generations
5. Division Tracheophyta
6. Psilopsida (Psilophyta)
7. Evolution of Leaf
Overtopping, Planation, Fusion / webbing.
8. Lycopsida
9. Sphenopsida
10. Pteropsida
Class Filicineae, Adiantum
11. Evolution of Seed Habit
Class Gymnospermae, Class Angiospermae, Double Fertilization,
Classification of angiosperms, Angiospermic Families, Rosaceae, Floral
characters, Solanaceae, Fabaceae, Caesalpiniaceae, Mimosaceae,
Poaceae. (Floral Characters and Economic Importance)
138 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER-10 KINGDOM ANIMALIA
1. Introduction
2. Development of Complexity in Animals
3. Grade Radiate
4. Grade Bilateria
Diploblastic and Triploblastic Organization, Acoelomates,
Pseudocoelomates and Coelomates
5. Parazoa
Phylum Porifera (The most Primitive Animals)
6. Grade Radiata
Phylum Coelentrata (Diploblastic Animals)
7. Grade – Bilateria
Triploblastic Animals – The Acoelomates, Phylum : Platyhelminthes –
The Flatworms, Adaptations for Parasitic Mode of Life, Triploblastic
Animals – Pseudocoelomates, Aschelminthes (Phylum Nematoda) –
The Round Worms, Triploblastic Animals – Coelomates, Phylum
Annelida The Segmented Worms, Phylum : Arthropoda – Animals with
Jointed Legs, General Organization of Arthropoda, Economical
Importance, Phylum Mollusca, Classification, Phylum Echinodermata –
The Spiny Skinned Animals, Echinodermata / Affinities, Phylum
Hemichordate, Phylum Chordate, Protochordata (Lower Chordata),
Sub-Phylum Vertebrata, Adaptations to Aquatic Life.
CHAPTER-11 BIOENERGETICS
1. Photosynthesis
Photosynthetic Reactants and Products, Water and Photosynthesis,
2. Chloroplasts – The Sites of Photosynthesis in Plants
3. Photosynthetic Pigments
Chlorophylls, Carotenoids-Accessory Pigments
4. Light – The Driving Energy
5. Role of Carbon Dioxide: A photosynthetic Reactant
6. Reactions of Photosynthesis
Light Dependent Reactions, Chemiosmosis, Light Independent (or
Dark) Reactions, Respiration, Aerobic and Anaerobic Respiration,
Anaerobic Respiration, Aerobic Respiration, Cellular Respiration.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 139
CHAPTER-12 NUTRITION
1. Autotrophic Nutrition
2. Mineral Nutrition in Plants, Mineral Element Deficiencies
Heterotrophic Nutrition Methods of Plant Nutrition, Saprophytic
Nutrition, Parasitic Nutrition, Symbiotic Nutrition, Nutrition in
insectivorous Plants
Methods of Animal Nutrition
3. Digestion and Absorption
Digestion in Amoeba, Digestion in Hydra, Digestion in Planaria,
Digestion in Cockroach, Digestion in Man, Absorption of Food
4. Some Common Diseases Related to Nutrition
Dyspepsia, Food Poisoning, Obesity, Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia
Nervosa, Piles, Ulcer.
CHAPTER-13 GASEOUS EXCHANGE
1. Need of Respiratory Gas Exchange
2. Advantages and Disadvantages of Gas Exchange in Air and in Water
3. Gaseous Exchange in Plants
Photorespiration and it’s consequences
4. Respiratory Organs in Representative, Aquatic and
Terrestrial Animals
Properties of Respiratory Surfaces in Animals, Respiration in Hydra,
Respiration in Earthworm, Respiration in Cockroach, Respiration in
Fish, Respiration in Frog, Respiration in Birds, Respiration in Man
5. Mechanics of Voluntary and Involuntary Regulation of Breathing
in Man. Inspiraton, Expiration
6. Transport of Respiratory Gases
Transport of Oxygen & Factors, Transport of CO2 Respiratory
Disorders, Role of Respiratory Pigments, Lung Capacities.
CHAPTER-14 TRANSPORT
1. Introduction
2. Need for transport of materials
3. Transport in Plants
Uptake of water by roots, Water potential, Plasmolysis and pressure
potential
4. Ascent of sap
5. Types of transpiration
140 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
6. Opening and closing of stomata
Factors affecting the rate of Transpiration, Transpiration as a necessary
evil
7. Transportation of organic solutes
Phloem transport, Patterns of transport, The mechanism of phloem
translocation/transport
8. Transport in animals
Transportation in hydra, Transportation in planaria
9. Circulatory system
Characteristics of Circulatory system, Open and closed Circulatory
system, Vertebrate blood Circulatory system
10. Transport in Man
Blood Circulatory system, Plasma, Blood Cells and Cell Like
Bodies,
Pumping Organ, The Heart, The Cardiac Cycle
11. Disorders
Electrocardiogram, Artificial pace maker, Blue babies, Blood vessels,
Blood pressure and rate of flow of blood, Hypertension, Thrombus
formation and hypertension, Heart attack, Stroke, Haemorrhage
12. Lymphatic System
13. Immunity – and its types

WEIGHTAGE OF VARIOUS THEMES/SECTION OF

SYLLABUS FOR CLASS XI
No. of
practicals
(i) Introduction (Chapter-1) 4%
(ii) Unity of hfc (Chapter 8-10) 18%
(iii) Biodiversity (Chapter 2-7) 38%
(iv) Bioenergetics (Chapter 11) 10%
(v) Functional Biology (Chapter 12-14) 30%
Total: 100
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 141
LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR ClASS XI (PART-I)
1. Identification of biochemicals from biological materials.
-Iodine test for starch
-Benedict’s test for reducing sugars
-Millon’s test for Proteins/Biuret test for proteins
-Sudan III test for fats and oils and emulsion test
-Test for DNA (only demonstration)
2. Study of Starch break down in germinating gram seeds.
3. Study of effect of temperatures pH value and enzyme and substrate
concentrate on the activity of enzyme (Pepsin).
4. Study of animals cells (frog's epithelium cell frog's buccal cavity
cells) and plant Cells (mesophyll cells, leaf epidermis cells. onion
epidermis cells) by staining with safranin. Acid fuchsin. methylene
blue cosine.
5. To find out the effects of different concentrations of salt or sugar
solutions on animal and plant cells.
6. Laboratory safety techniques and use of microscope and
measurement of microscopic objects by micrometry.
7. Microbiological techniques: Preparation and sterilization of culture
media and equipment growing cultures of non-pathogenic bacteria.
Gram staining and microscopic examination of stained bacteria and
bacteria from prepared slides.
8. Investigation of bacterial content of fresh and stale milk.
Study of Nostoc from fresh material and prepared slides.
9. Identification of Chlorella, Paramecium. Amoeba, Entamoeba.
Plasmodium (malarial parasite) Euglena. Volvox. Ulothrix and Ulva
from fresh materials or prepared slides.
10. Study of yeast. Ustilago tritici and Pencillium from fresh materials
and slides.
11. Examination of Marchantia and Funaria (external morphology)
from fresh material and of sex organs from prepared slides.
12. Study of Adiantum: Sporophyte plant body, preparation of slide of
sporangia from fresh material, Prothallus (gametophyte) from fresh
material or preserved material/slide.
 142 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
13. Study of Pinus: male and female cones from fresh or preserved
materials.
14. Study of different types of inflorescence of Cassia. Achyranthus.
Morus. lberis Brassica. Foeniculum, Avena. Helianthus.
Tradescantia/lpomoea and Euphorbia.
15. Description in technical terms including inflorescence. Floral
Formula and floral diagram of commonly available flowers (e.g rose
Solanum, Cassia Lathyrus odoratus. Oat) of following families of
angiosperms: Rosaceae, Solanaceae, Legume family fabaceae
Caesalpinniaceae / Mimosaceae) and poaceae.
16. General Survey of major animal phyla: invertebrates up to phylum
and vertebrates up to class level.
17. Extraction and chromatography of leaf chloroplast pigments.
18. Investigation of effect of different concentration of glucose solution
on opening and closing of stomata.
19. Study of T.S of liver stomach, small intestine and large intestine of
man from prepared slides.
20. Exposure of digestive system of frog and cockroach.
21. Exposure of respiratory system of frog.
22. Demonstration of osmosis in living plant cells. (manifested by
plasmolysis and deplasmolysis) of onion cells or spirogyra.
23. Determination of mean solute potential of the cell sap using method
of incipient plasmolysis.
24. Investigation and measurement of factors affecting rate of
transpiration using Potometer (Factors include wind removal of
some leaves covering lower epidermis with vaseline)
25. Study from prepared slides of internal structure of monocot and
dicot root stem and leaf.
26. Investigation of stomatal distribution (using clear nail varnish of
epidermis peel).
27. Study of prepared stained slide of human blood including
identification of phagocytes and lymphocytes and preparation of
slide of blood smear of frog.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 143
28. Study of structure of artery vein capillary from their T.S (prepared
slides).
29. Study of effect of acetylcholine and adrenaline on the heartbeat of
frog.
30. Exposure of blood circulatory system of frog (heart and main blood
vessels).
31. Measurement of blood pressure during rest and after exercise with
B.P apparatus.
BIOLOGY TOPIC WISE WEIGHTAGE
Chapter No. Topic Weightage No. of
(%age) period.
1 The Biology-Introduction 4% 6
2 Biological molecules 8% 12
3 Enzymes 2% 3
4 The Cell 8% 12
5 Variety of Life-Classification & Viruses 4% 6
6 The Kingdom Monera 6% 9
7 The Kingdom Protista 4% 6
8 The Kingdom Fungi 4% 6
9 The Kingdom Plantae 10% 15
10 The Kingdom Animalia 10% 15
11 Bioenergetics 10% 15
12 Nutrition 10% 15
13 Gaseous exchange 6% 9
14 Transport 14% 21
150
Recommended TOTAL
Book: Biology Part-I
Authors: 1. Prof. Dr. A.R. Shakoori 2. Prof. Dr. Javed Iqbal
3. Asso.Prof. Hamid Saeed 4. Assoc.Prof. Dr. Rass Masood Khan
5. Prof.Dr. Azizullah 6. Assoc.Prof. A.R. Saeed
7. Dr. Javed Iqbal 8. Prof.Dr. Shahida Hassnain
9. Mr. Javed Iqbal Mughal 10. Mr. Shah Nawaz Cheema
11. Prof.Dr. Anjum Sabri 12. Mr. Amjad Tariq
13. Mr. Zia-ul-Islam
Authors: Markazi Kutub Khana, Lahore
144 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Marks: 85 PART –II(CLASS-XII) Time: 3:00 Hours

CHAPTER-15 HOMEOSTASIS
1. Concepts in Homeostasis
2. Osmoregulation
Water relations of cell, Balance of water and solutes in the body,
Osmoregulation in Plants, Osmoregulation in Animals, Osmoregulation
in Different Environments, Excretion, Excretion in Plants, Excretion in
Animals, Nature of Excretory Products in Relation to Habitats
3. Excretion in Representative Animals
Excretion in Hydra, Excretion in Planaria, Excretion in Earthworm,
Excretion in Cockroach
4. Excretion in Vertebrates
Excretion in Human, Eretory Organs, Urinary System,
Concentration of Excretory Products, Kidney as Osmoregulatory
Organ, Kidney Problems and Cures
5. Thermoregulation
Adaptations in Plants to Low and High Temperature
6. Mechanisms in Animals
Body Heat, Heat Gain and Loss, Temperature Classification of
Animals, Regulation of Heat Exchange between Animals and
Environment
7. Thermoregulation in Mammals (Human)
Regulatory Strategies, Thermostat Function and Feedback Controls
in Human, Temperature in fever (Pyrexia)
CHAPTER-16 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENTS
1. Concept and Need
2. Support in Plants
Significance of Secondary Growth
3. Movements in Plants
Types of Movements, Role of Plants Growth Substances in Plant
Movement
4. Support and Movements in Animals
Hydrostatic Skeleton, Exoskeleton, Endoskeleton
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 145
5. Human Skeleton
Axial Skeleton, Appendicular Skeleton, Joints
6. Deformities of Skeleton
Genetic Causes, Hormonal Causes, Nutritional Causes
7. Repair of Broken Bones
8. Muscles
Smooth Muscles, Cardiac Muscles, Skeletal Muscles, Sliding Filament
Model, Controlling the Actin-Myosin Interaction by Ca ++ ions, Energy
for Muscles Contraction, Muscles Fatigue, Tetany, Cramp
9. Arrangement of Skeletal Muscles for Movement of Skeleton
Movement of Bones,
10. Locomotion in Protoctista and Invertebrates
Locomotion in Euglena, Locomotion in Paramecium, Locomotion in
Amoeba, Locomotion in Jelly Fish, Locomotion in Earthworm,
Locomotion in Cockroach, Locomotion in Snail, Locomotion in Star
Fish
11. Locomotion and Skeleton in Vertebrates
Swimming in Fishes, Locomotion in Amphibian, Locomotion in
Reptiles, Locomotion in Air, Locomotion in Mammals,
Evolutionary changes in the arrangement of bones and related mode
of locomotion in major groups of vertebrates
CHAPTER-17 COORDINATION AND CONTROL
1. Introduction
2. Coordination in Plants
Control Through Hormones,
3. Plant Movements
4. Responses to Environmental Stresses in Plants
5. Defense against Pathogens in Plants
6. Biological Clocks and Circadian Rhythms
7. Plant Hormones
Auxins, Gibberellins, Cytokinins, Abscisic Acid, Ethene
8. Co-ordination in Animals
9. Nervous Co-ordination
Receptors, Working of Sensory Receptors with Special Reference to
Skin, Neurons, Effectors, Reflex Arc, Nerve Impulse, Synapse,
Evolution of Nervous System
146 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
10. Human Nervous System
Central Nervous System (CNS), Peripheral Nervous System (PNS),
Autonomic Nervous System, Nervous Disorders, Effect of Drugs on
Coordination
11. Chemical Coordination
Hormones
12. Endocrine Glands of Mammals
Hypothalamus, The Pituitary Gland, Thyroid gland, Parathyroids, Islets
of Langerhans (Pancreas), Adrenals, Gut, Gonads, Feedback
Mechanism, Comparison of Nervous Coordination and Chemical
Coordination
13. Behaviour
Innate Behaviour, Instincts & Learning, Learning Behaviour
(Modification through experience)
CHAPTER-18 REPRODUCTION
Introduction
1. Reproduction in Plants
Parthenocarpy, Seed Dormancy, Fruit set and Fruit ripening,
Photoperiodism, Vernalisation
2. Reproduction in Animals
Asexual Reproduction
3. Tissue Culturing and Cloning
4. Identical Twins
5. Sexual Reproduction
6. Reproduction in Man
Male Reproductive System, Female Reproductive System
7. Test Tube Babies
8. Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD)
Gonorrhea, Syphilis, Genital Herpes, AIDS
CHAPTER-19 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
Intorduction
1. Growth and Development in Plants
Apical Meristems, Intercalary Meristems, Lateral Meristems
2. Types of Growth
Conditions of Growth, External factors, Internal Factors, Differentiation, Growth
Correlations
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 147
3. Growth and Development in Animals
Development of Chick, Mechanisms of Development, Role of
Cytoplasm in Development, Role of Nucleus in Development,
Concept of Differentiation, Embryonic Induction
4. Aging
5. Regeneration
6. Abnormal Development
CHAPTER-20 CHROMOSOMES AND DNA
Introduction
1. Types of Chromosomes
2. Composition of Chromosome
3. The Chromosomal Theory of Inheritance
4. DNA as Hereditary Material
Chemical Nature of DNA, DNA Replication, The Meselson-Stahl
Experiment, The Replication Process
5. What is a Gene
One-gene / one – polypeptide, How DNA encodes protein structure
6. Cells Use RNA to Make Protein
Three types of RNA, Transcription
7. Genetic Code
8. Translation
9. Mutations
CHAPTER-21 CELL CYCLE
1. Introduction
2. Interphase
3. Mitosis
Karyokinesis, Prophase, Metaphase, Anaphase, Telophase, Cytokinesis,
Importance of mitosis, Cancer (uncontrolled cell division)
4. Meiosis
ProphaseI, MetaphaseI, AnaphaseI, TelophaseI, MeiosisII,
Importance of Meiosis
5. Meiotic Errors (Non-disjunction)
Down’s Syndrome (Mongolism), Klinefelter’s Syndrome, Turner’s
Syndrome, Necrosis and Apoptosis
148 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER-22 VARIATION AND GENETICS
1. Genes, Alleles and Gene Pool
2. Mendel’s Laws of Inheritance
Mendel’s Interpretations, Test Cross, Dihybrid and Dihybrid Cross
3. Dominance Relations
Complete Dominance, Incomplete Dominance, Codominance, MN
Blood Type or Blood Group System, Over Dominance
4. Multiple Alleles
ABO-The First Discovered Multiple Allelic Blood Group System in
Man, Rh Blood Group System
5. Epistasis
Bombay Phenotype
6. Pleiotropy
7. Continuously Varying Traits
8. Gene Linkage
9. Crossing Over
Cross Over or Recombination Frequency
10. Sex Determination
Sex Chromosomes, Patterns of Sex Determination, Comparison of
chromosomal determination of sex between Drosophila and
Humans, Sex Determination in Plants
11. Sex Linkage
Sex Linkage in Drosophila, Sex-linkage in Humans, Sex Limited
Trait, Sex Influenced Trait
12. Diabetes Mellitus and its Genetic Basis
CHAPTER-23 BIOTECHNOLOGY
Intorduction
1. Cloning of a Gene
Recombinant DNA Technology, how to get a gene? Molecular
Scissors: Restriction Endonucleases, Molecular Carrier: Vector,
Recombinant DNA, Expression of the Recombinant DNA, Genomic
Library, The Polymerase Chain Reaction, Analyzing DNA, Gene
Sequencing
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 149
2. The Human Genome Project
BiotechnologyProducts
Transgenic Bacteria, Transgenic Plants, Transgenic Animals,
Cloning of Transgenic Animals
3. Gene Therapy
4. Tissue Culture
Genetic Engineering of Plants, Agricultural Plants with improved Traits,
Production of Products
CHAPTER-24 EVOLUTION
Introduction
1. Concept of Evolution Vs Special Creation
2. Evolution from Prokaryotes to Eukaryotes
3. Inheritance of acquired Characteristics
Charles Darwin, Neo-Darwinism-The modern evolutionary
synthesis, Evidences of Evolution
4. Natural Selection and artificial Selection
5. Population, Gene Pool, allele and Genotype Frequencies
Hardy-Weinberg Theorem, Factors affecting gene frequency
6. Endangered Species
CHAPTER-25 ECOSYSTEM
1. Introduction
2. Ecosystem
Biosphere Autecology, Synecology
3. Components of Ecosystem
Biotic Components, Abiotic Components, Processes in Ecosystem
and interaction between Biotic and Abiotic Components:
4. Succession
Two Major Forms of Succession, Predation and its Significance,
Parasitism and its Significance, Symbiosis, Mutualism,
Commensalism, Grazing
5. Biogeochemical Cycles
The Nitrogen Cycle, Nitrogen Depletion and its Remedies, The flow
of Energy in Food Chain of an Ecosystem
150 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER-26 SOME MAJOR ECOSYSTEMS
5. Climate
6. Aquatic or Hydrospheric Ecosystem
Productivity of Aquatic Ecosystem, Fresh Water Lakes, Intervention of
Man in Aquatic Ecosystem
7. Terrestrial or Lithospheric Ecosystem
Light, Nutrients and Water, Adaptations for Terrestrial Ecosystem,
Division of Terrestrial Ecosystem
8. Some Major Ecosystems in Pakistan
Temperate Deciduous Forests, Coniferous Alpine and Boreal Forests,
The Grass Land Ecosystem, Desert Ecosystem, Tundra Ecosystem,
Humans and Ecosystems
CHAPTER-27 MAN AND HIS ENVIRONMENT
1. Renewable and Non-renewable Resources
Renewable Resources
2. Degradation and Depletion of Resources
Modification of Environment
3. Man’s Impact on Environment
Population, Food and need of Population Control, Importance of
Forests, Forest and Climate, Forest and Biodiversity
4. Pollution
Types of Pollution, Air or Atmospheric Pollution, Greenhouse Effect,
Acid Rain, Water Pollution, Eutrophication or Algal Bloom, Industrial
Effluents, Insecticides & Herbicides and Fertilizers
5. Health and Diseases
Classification and Causes of Diseases
WEIGHTAGE OF VARIOUS THEMES/SECTION OF
SYLLABUS FOR CLASS XII
No. of practicals

(vi) Functional Biology (Chapter15-19) 48%

(vii) Continuity of life (Chapter 20-22) 20%
(viii) Genetic Frontiers (Chapter 23) 4%
(ix) Life through ages (Chapter 24) 8%
(x) Organisms and their
Environment (Chapter 25-27) 20%
Total: 100
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 151
LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR ClASS XII (PART-II)

1. Investigation of adaptive features of hydrophytes. Halophytes

xerophytes and mesophytes from fresh material and prepared slides.
2. Exposure of urino-genital system of frog.
3. Study of simple muscle twitch using frog’s muscle.
Study from prepared slides of skeletal smooth and cardiac muscles
and preparation of slide of striated muscles of cockroach.
4. Study of skeleton of frog.
5. Study from prepared slides of plant supporting tissues such as
sclerenchyma and collenchyma.
6. Investigation of movements in plants (phototropism and
geotropism)
7. Exposure of nervous system of cockroach.
8. Investigation of effects of indole acetic acid (IAA) on growth of oat
coleoptile (or on the growth of germinated barley seeds)
9. Study of ductless and vascularized nature of endocrine glands
(pancreas, thyroid) using microscopic sections.
10. Study of structure of hen’s egg.
11. Study of development of chick embryo 48/72 hours after incubation.
12. Preparation of root tip squashes to study stages of Mitosis
13. Preparation of squashes of Rheodiscolor floral buds to study meiosis
and observation stages of meiosis from prepared slides and study of
Polytene chromosome.
14. Study of continuous variations in the height in man and
discontinuous variations in tongue rolling in man and recording the
result as histograms.
15. Investigation of water content of soil samples
16. Investigation of approximate soil texture (rough estimate of
proportion of particles of different size in a soil sample)
17. Investigation of food chain and food web of a pond ecosystem.
18. Sampling of a grassland community by Quadrat method
19. Estimation of pyramids of numbers using simple techniques.
152 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
BIOLOGY TOPIC WISE WEIGHTAGE
15 Homeostasis Osmoregulation 10% 15
16 excretionand Movements
Support 10% 15
17 Coordination and Control 10% 18
18 Reproduction 12% 18
19 Growth and Development 6% 9
20 Chromosomes and DNA 8% 12
21 Cell Cycle 4% 6
22 Variations and Genetics. 8% 12
23 Biotechnology 4% 6
24 Evolution 8% 12
25 Ecosystem 8% 12
26 Some major ecosystems 4% 6
27 Man and-his environment 8% 13
TOTAL 150
Recommended Book: Biology Part-I & II
Authors:
1. Prof. Dr. A.R. Shakoori 2. Prof. Dr. Abdul Majeed Cheema
3. Assoc.Prof. Hamid Saeed 4. Assoc.Prof. Dr. Rass Masood Khan
5. Assoc.Prof. Nauman Usmani 6. Assoc.Prof. A.R. Saeed
7. Prof.Dr. Javed Iqbal Qazi 8. Assoc.Prof. Javed Akhtar Wahla
9. Asst.Prof.Dr. Farkhanda 10. Sub.Specialist Mrs. Syeda Saira Hameed
Manzoor
Publishers: Maktaba Sayeedia Lahore
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 153
MATHEMATICS
PART - I 100
PART – II 100
TOTAL: 200
Marks : 100 PART – I Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I
NUMBER SYSTEMS
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Rational Numbers and Irrational Numbers
Decimal Representation of Rational and Irrational Numbers
1.3 Properties of Real Numbers
Addition Laws, Multiplication, Properties of Equality and
Inequalities
1.4 Complex Numbers
Operations on Complex Numbers, Complex Numbers as Ordered
Pairs of Real Numbers, Properties of the Fundamental Operations
on Complex Numbers, A Special Subset of C
1.5 The Real Line
The Real Plane or The Coordinate Plane
1.6 Geometrical Representation of Complex Numbers
The Complex Plane
1.7 To find real and imaginary parts
UNIT. II
SETS FUNCTIONS AND GROUPS
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Operations on Sets
2.3 Venn Diagrams
2.4 Operations on Three Sets
2.5 Properties of Union and Intersection
2.6 Inductive and Deductive Logic
Aristotelian and Non-Aristotelian Logics, Symbolic Logic.
2.7 Implication or conditional
Biconditional, Conditionals related with a given conditional,
Tautologies, Quantifiers
2.8 Truth Sets, a Link between Set Theory and Logic
2.9 Relations
154 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
2.10 Functions
Linear and Quadratic Functions
2.11 Inverse of a Function
2.12 Binary Operations
Properties of Binary Operations
2.13 Groups
2.14 Solution of Linear Equations
2.15 Reversal Law of Inverses
UNIT- III
MATRICES AND DETERMINANTS
3.1 Introduction
Addition of Matrices, Scalar Multiplication, Subtraction of
Matrices, Multiplication of two Matrices
3.2 Determinants of a 2 x 2 Matrix
Singular and Non-Singular Matrices, Adjoint of a 2 x 2 Matrix,
Inverse of a 2 x 2 Matrix
3.3 Solution of Simultaneous Linear Equations by using Matrices
3.4 Field
3.5 Properties of Matrix Addition, Scalar and Matrix
Multiplication
3.6 Determinants
Minor and Cofactor of an Element of a Matrix or its Determinant,
Determinant of a Square Matrix of Order n ≥3
3.7 Properties of Determinants which Help in their Evaluation
3.8 Adjoint and Inverse of a Square Matrix of Order n ≥3
3.9 Elementary Row and Column Operations on a Matrix
3.10 Echelon and Reduced Echelon Forms of Matrices
3.11 System of Linear Equations
Homogeneous Linear Equations, Non-Homogeneous Linear
Equations
3.12 Cramer’s Rule
UNIT- IV
QUADRATIC EQUATION
4.1 Introduction
Solution of Quadratic Equations
4.2 Solution of Equations Reducible to the Quadratic Equation
4.3 Three Cube Roots of Unity
Properties of Cube Roots of Unity
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 155
4.4 Four Fourth Roots of Unity
Properties of Four Fourth Roots of Unity
4.5 Polynomial Function
4.6 Theorems
4.7 Synthetic Division
4.8 Relations Between the Roots and the Coefficients of a
Quadratic Equation
4.9 Formation of an Equation Whose Roots are Given
4.10 Nature of the Roots of a Quadratic Equation
4.11 System of Two Equations Involving Two Variables
4.12 Problems on Quadratic Equations
UNIT-V
PARTIAL FRACTIONS
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Rational Fraction
Proper Rational Fraction, Improper Rational Fraction
5.3 Resolution of a Rational Fraction P(x) into Partial Fractions
Q(x)
UNIT-VI
SEQUENCES AND SERIES
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Types of Sequences
6.3 Arithmetic Progression (A.P)
6.4 Arithmetic Mean (A.M)
Arithmetic Means Between two given Numbers
6.5 Series
6.6 Word Problems on A.P.
6.7 Geometric Progression (G.P)
6.8 Geometric Means
Geometric Means Between two given Numbers
6.9 Sum of n Terms of a Geometric Series
6.10 The Infinite Geometric Series
6.11 Word Problems on G.P.
6.12 Harmonic Progression (H.P)
Harmonic Mean, Harmonic Means Between Two Numbers
6.13 Relations Between Arithmetic, Geometric and Harmonic Means
6.14 Sigma Notation (or Summation Notation)
6.15 To Find the Formulae for the Sums
156 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
UNIT-VII
PERMUTATIONS COMBINATION AND PROBABILITY
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Permutation
Permutation of Things not All Defferent, Circular Permutation
7.3 Combinations
Complementary Combination
7.4 Probability
Probability that an Event does not Occur, Estimating Probability
and Tally Marks, Addition of Probabilities, Multiplication of
Probabilities
UNIT-VIII
MATHEMATICAL INDUCTION AND BINOMIAL THEOREM
8.1 Introduction
8.2 Principle of Mathematical Induction
8.3 Principle of Extended Mathematical Induction
8.4 Binomial Theorem
n
The Middle Term in the Expansion of (a + x) , Some
n
Deductions from the Binomial Expansion of (a + x)
8.5 The Binomial Theorem when the Index n is a negative
Integer or a Fracion
8.6 Application of the Binomial Theorem
UNIT-IX
FUNDAMENTALS OF TRIGONOMETRY
9.1 Introduction
9.2 Units of Measures of Angles
Sexagesimal System, Conversion from D ” M'S" to a decimal
form and vice versa, Circular System (Radians)
9.3 Relation between the Length of an arc of a Circle and the
Circular Measure of its Central Angle
Conversion of Radian into Degree and Vice Versa
9.4 General Angle (Coterminal Angles)
9.5 Angle in the Standard Position
9.6 Trigonometric Functions
9.7 Trigonometric Functions of any angle
9.8 Fundamental Identities
9.9 Signs of the Trignonometric functions
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 157
9.10 The Values of Trigonomtric Functions of Acute Angles
45o , 30o and 60o
9.11 The values of the Trigonometric Functions of angles 0o ,
90o , 180o 270o , 360o
9.12 Domains of Trigonometric Functions and Fundamental
Identities
UNIT-X
TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES
10.1 Introduction
Distance Formula, Fundamental Law of Trigonometry
10.2 Deductions from Fundamental Law
10.3 Trigonometric Ratios of Allied Angles
10.4 Further Application of Basic Identities
10.5 Double Angle Identities
10.6 Half Angle Identities
10.7 Triple Angle Identities
10.8 Sum, Difference and Product of Sines and Cosines
UNIT-XI
TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS
11.1 Introduction
Domains and Ranges of Sine and Cosine Fuctions, Domains and
Ranges of Tangent and Cotangent Functions, Domain and Range
of Secant Function, Domain and Range of Cosecant Function
11.2 Period of Trigonometric Functions
11.3 Values of Trigonometric Functions
11.4 Graphs of Trigonometric Functions
11.5 Graph of y = sin x from ─ 2 π to 2π
11.6 Graph of y = cos x from ─ 2 π to π
11.7 Graph of y = tan x from ─ π to π
11.8 Graph of y = cot x from ─ 2 π to π
11.9 Graph of y = sec x from ─ 2 π to 2π
11.10 Graph of y = csc x from ─ 2 π to 2π
UNIT-XII
APPLICATION OF TRIGONOMETRY
12.1 Introduction
12.2 Tables of Trigonometric Ratios
12.3 Solution of Right Triangles
158 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
12.4 (a) Heights and Distances
(b) Angles of Elevation and Depression
12.5 Engineering and heights and Distances
12.6 Oblique Triangles
The Law of Cosine, The Law of Sines, The Law of Tangents, Half
Angle Formulas
12.7 Solutions Oblique Triangles
Case 1: When measures of one side and two angles are given
Case 2: When measures of two sides and their included angles are given
Case 3: When measures of three sides are given
12.8 Area of Triangle
12.9 Circles Connected with Triangle
Circum – Circle, In-Circle, Escribed Circles
12.10 Engineering and Circles Connected with Triangles
UNIT-XIII
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
13.1 Introduction
13.2 The Inverse Sine Function
13.3 The Inverse Cosine Function
13.4 Inverse Tangent Function
13.5 Inverse Cotangent, Secant and Cosecant Functions
13.6 Domains and Ranges of Principal Trigonometric Function
and Inverse Trigonometric Functions
13.7 Addition and Subtraction Formulas
UNIT: XIV
SOLUTIONS OF TRIGONCMETRIC EQUATIONS
14.1 Introduction
14.2 Solution of General Trigonometric Equations
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 159
TOPIC-WISE WEIGHTAGE & TIME (XI)
UNIT TOPIC WEIGHTAGE PERIODS
(45 minutes each)
I Number Systems 5% 07
II Sets Functions and 10% 07
Groups 07
III Matrices 10% 07
Determinants 07
IV Quadratic Equations 10% 13
V Partial Fractions 5% 07
VI Sequence & Series 8% 13
VII Permutations and Combination 10% 07
Probability 07
VIII Mathematical Induction 10% 07
Binomial Theorem 12
IX Fundamentals of Trigonometry 5% 07
X Trigonometric Identities 7% 12
XI Trigonometric Functions and 3% 07
Graphs
XII Application of Trigonometry 7% 07
XIII Inverse Trigonometric Functions 5% 07
XIV Trigonometric Equations 5% 09
100% 150
(6 periods a week)

Recommended Book:“MATHEMATICS Part-I”

Authors: Prof. Shamshad Muhammd Lodhi
Prof. Muhammad Sharif Ghauri
Prof. Sanaullah Bhatti
Prof. Khalid Saleem
Published by: Tariq Book Centre Jehlum
for Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore
160 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Marks : 100 PART – II Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I
FUNCTIONS AND LIMITS
1.1 Introduction
Concept of Function, Definition (Function – Domain – Range),
Notation and Value of a Function, Graphs of Algebraic Functions,
Graph of Functions Defined Piece–wise.
1.2 Types of Functions
Algebraic Functions,Trigonometric Function, Inverse
Trigonometric Functions, Exponential Function, Logarithimic
Function, Hyperbolic Functions, Inverse Hyperbolic Functions,
Explicit Function, Implicit Function, Even Function, Odd
Function
1.3 Composition of Functions and Iverse of a Function
Composition of Functions, Inverse of a Function, Algebraic
Method to find the Inverse Function
1.4 Limit of a Function and Theorems on Limits
Meaning of the Phrase “x approaches zero”, Meaning of the
Phrase “x approaches infinity”, Meaning of the Phrase “x
approaches a”, Concept of Limit of a Function, Limit of a
Function, Theorems on Limits of Function
1.5 Limits of Imprtant Functions
xn  an xa  a 1
lim =na n-1, where n is an integer and a>0,Lim ,x 
x a xa x 0 2 a
, Limit at Infinity, Method for Evaluating the Limits at Infinity,
n
 1 , Lim a1 x
Theorem, If θ is
Lim 1    e  log e a , The Sandwitch
 n
x  x 0x
Sin
measured in radian, then Lim 1
0 0 
1.6 Continuous and Discontinous Functions
One-Sided Limits, Criterion for Existence of Limit of a
Function, Continuity of a function at a number
1.7 Graphs
Graph of the Exponential Function f(x) = ax , Graph of the
Exponential Functon f(x) = ex , Graph of Common
Logarithmic Function f(x) = lgx, Graphs of Natural
Logarithmic Function f(x) = lnx, Graphs of Implicit Functions,
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 161
Graph of Parametric Equations, Graphs of Discontinuous
Functions, Graphical Solution of the Equations
UNIT. II
DIFFERENTIATION
2.1 Introduction
Average Rate of Change, Derivative of a Function
2.2 Finding f'(x) from definition of derivative
Derivation of xn where nϵ Z, Differentiation of Expressions of
the Types
2.3 Theorems on Diffrentiation
2.4 The chain rule
2.5 Derivatives of inverse functions
2.6 Derivative of a Function given in the form of parametric equatins
2.7 Differentiation of Implicit Relations
2.8 Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions
2.9 Derivatives of inverse Trigonometric functions
2.10 Derivative of exponential functions
2.11 Derivative of the logarithmic function
2.12 Logarithmic differentiation
2.13 Derivative of Hyperbolic functions
2.14 Derivatives of the inverse hyperbolic functions
2.15 Successive Differntiation (or Higher derivatives)
2.16 Series expansions of functions
2.17 Tailor series expansions of functions
2.18 Geometrical interpretation of a derivative
2.19 Increasing and decreasing functions
2.20 Relative extrema
2.21 Critical values and critical points
UNIT- III
INTEGRATION
3.1 Introduction
Differentials of Variables, Distinguishing between dy and  y ,
dy
Finding by using differentials, Simple application of differentials
dx
3.2 Integration as anti-derivative (Inverse of derivative)
Some Standard Formulae for Anti-Derivatives, Theorems on
Anti-Derivatives, Anti-Derivatives of  f ( x)n f '( x) and  f ( x)1 f '( x).
3.3 Integration by method of substitution
162 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
3.4 Some useful substitutions
3.5 Integration by parts
3.6 Integration involving partial fractions
3.7 The definite integrals
The area Under the curve, Fundamental theorem and properties
of Definite Integrals
3.8 Application of definite integrals
3.9 Differential equations
Solution of a differential equation of first order, Intial conditions
UNIT- IV
INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTIC GEOMETRY
4.1 Introduction
The Distance Formula, Point dividing the join of two points in a
given ratio
4.2 Translation and rotation of axes
4.3 Equations of straight lines
Slope or gradient of a straight line joining two points, Equation of a
straight line parallel to the x-axis (or perpendicular to the y-axis),
Equation of a straight line parallel to the y-axis (or perpendicular to
the x-axis), Derivation of standard forms of equations of straight
lines, A linear equation in two variables represents a straight line,
To transform the general linear equation to standard forms, Position
of a point with respect to a line
4.4 Two and three straight lines
The Point of intersection of two Straight Lines, Condition of
concurrency of three Straight Lines, Equation of Lines through the
Point of Intersection of Two Lines, Distance of a Point from a Line,
Distance between two Parallel Lines, Area of a Triangular region
whose vertices are given
4.5 Angle between two lines
Equation of a straight line in Matrix form
4.6 Homogeneous equation of the second degree in two variables
Homogeneous Equation, To find measure of the Angle between the
Lines represented by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
UNIT-V
LINEAR INEQUALITIES AND LINEAR PROGRAMMING
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Linear Inequalities
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 163
Graphing of a linear inequality in two variables
5.3 Region bounded by 2 or 3 simultaneous Inequalities
5.4 Problem Constraints
5.5 Feasible solution set
5.6 Linear Programming
5.7 Linear Programming Problems
UNIT-VI
CONIC SECTION
6.1 Introduction
Equation of a Circle, General form of an Equation of a Circle,
Equations of Circles determined by given conditions
6.2 Tangents and Normals
Length of the Tangent to a Circle (Tangential Distance)
6.3 Analytic proofs of important Properties of a Circle
6.4 Parabola
General form of an Equation of a Parabola, Other standard
Parabolas, Graph of the Parabola
6.5 Ellipse and its Elements
Standard form of an Ellipse, Graph of an Ellipse
6.6 Hyperbola and its Elements
Standard equation of Hyperbola, Graph of the Hyperbola
6.7 Tangents and normals
6.8 Translation and Rotation of Axes
6.9 The General Equation of Second Degree
Calssification of conics by the discriminant
UNIT-VII
VECTORS
7.1 Introduction
Geometric interpretation of Vector, Multiplication of Vector by a
Scalar, Addition and Subtraction of two Vectors, Position Vector,
Vectors in a plane, Properties of magnitude of a Vector, Another
notation for representing vector in plane. A unit Vector in the
direction of another given Vector, The ratio formula, Vector
Geometry
7.2 Introduction of Vector in Space
Concept of a vector in space, properties of Vectors, Another
notation for representing Vectors in space, Distance between two
 164 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
points in space, Direction Angles and Direction Cosines of a
Vector
7.3 The Scalar product of two Vectors
Deductions of the important results, Perpendicular (Orthogonal)
Vectors, Properties of dot product, Anaytical expression of dot
product u. v, Angle between two Vectors, Projection of one Vector
upon another Vector
7.4 The cross product or vector product of two vectors
Derivation of useful results of cross products, Properties of cross
product, Analytical Expression of u x v), Parallel Vectors, Area of
Parallelogram, Area of Triangle
7.5 Scalar Triple product of Vectors
Analytical expression of u.(v x w), The volume of the
Parallelepiped, The volume of the Tetrahedron, Application of
Vectors in Physics and engineering.
TOPIC-WISE WEIGHTAGE & TIME (XII)
UNIT TOPIC WEIGHTAGE PERIODS
(45 minutes each)
I Functions & limits 6% 11
II Differentiation Polynomial & 15% 07
of Functions Algebraic
Trigonometry and 07
Inverse
Trigonometric
Logarithmic &
07
Exponential
Successive differentiation and theorems 5% 07
and Maximum/Minimum
III Integration Standard 29% 07
(Indefinite) forms 07
Integrals) By partial 05
fractions 07
By
Substitution 07
Definite By parts 07
Integrals
Area under the curve
Differential
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 165
Equations
IV Introduction to Analytic Geometry 8% 13
V Linear in-Equalities 7% 07
Linear Programming 05
VI Conic Sections Circle 17% 12
Parabola 04
Ellipse 04
Hyperbola 04
General 04
Equation
VII Vectors Introduction to 13% 07
vector &
Scalar 07
Product 04
Vector
product
Scalar triple
Product
100% 150 (6 periods a
week)

Recommended Book:“MATHEMATICS Part-II”

Author : Prof. Muhammad Amin Chaudhary
Prof. Muhammad Sharif Ghaury
Prof. Muhammad Khalid Saleem
Mr. Mazhar Hayat
Published by : Ch. Ghulam Rasul & Sons, Lahore.
for: Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore
 166 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
COMMERCE GROUP
PART – I
Principles of Accounting Paper – I --- --- --- 100
Principles of Economics --- --- --- 75
Principles of Commerce --- --- --- 75
Business Mathematics --- --- --- 50
PART – II
Principles of Accounting Paper – II --- --- --- 100
Commercial Geography --- --- --- 75
Computer Studies / Banking --- --- --- 75
Statistics --- --- --- 50

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING – I
Marks: 100 PART –I(CLASS-XI) Time: 3:00 Hours
I. Introduction.—Definition, Basic concepts, Double Entry System of
Book Keeping, its objectives and advantages.
2. Accounting Cycle.—-Accounting equation Journal, Ledger and Trial
balance.
3. Subsidiary Books Journals.—Cash Book, Petty Cash Book.
Purchases, Sales: purchases-Returns: Sales Returns; Bills-Receivable
and Bill payable books.
4. Banking Transactions.—Kind of bank accounts and procedure of
recording of banking transactions: cheques ; Cheque Register; Bank
Reconciliation Statement, its objectives and preparation.
5. Accounting for Bills of Exchange.—Definition and procedure.
б. Capital and Revenue.—Meaning—Distinction between Capital and
Revenue items: Receipts and Payments, Profits and Losses, Income and
Expenses.
7. Rectificaion of Errors. – Kinds of errors – correction of errors after and
before closing the books of accounts, suspense account.
8. Financial Statement. – Trading and profit and loss Account Income
Statement and Balance Sheet-form and its preparation.
9. Adjustments and Closing Process. Prepaid and Outstanding expenses
Accrued and unearned income; provision for Bad and Doubtful Debt;
Provisions for Discount; Depreciation interest on capital and drawing,
work Sheet.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 167
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING-II
Marks: 100 PART –II Time: 3:00 Hours
I. Accounting for Non Profit easning concerns. – Income and Expenditure
and Payments Account; Receipts and payments Accounts and Balance
Sheet.
2. Accounting for Incomplete Records.- Calculation of profit and loss
statement of Affairs conversion of Single Entry into Double Entry account.
3. Depreciation Nature, methods straight line and diminishing balance.
4. Accounting for surplus, Reserves and Funds. Nature-types and creation.
5. Accounting for Consignments. Fully and partly sold goods excluding
invoice price method, Account Sale Statement.
б. Accounting for Partnership. Definition – partnership, agreement, division
of profit and loss-valuation and treatment of goodwill admission, retirement
and death of partner – Dissolution.
7. Accounting for Joint Stock Companies. Formation-Kinds of companies
company documents-types of shares-issue of shares at per, at premium at
discount over- subscription, for feature and re-issue of share, Issue of
debentures Bond at per, at premium and at discount-redemption of
debeatures.
List of equipment, Lab-reqirements.
Book keeping machines, Overhead Projectors, Slide Projector,
Scientific electric calculators, Amount perforator on Cheque, Bank Draft,
Business film through T.V.
Available Books.
Principles of Accounting by M.A. Ghani.
Pinciples of Accounting by Aftab A. Khan.
Book keeping and Accounting by S.A. Siddiqui.
Principles of Accounting by Gul Zaman Qazi.
Asool-e-Mahasbi by Mobeen A. Khan.
Intermediate Accounting by Rauf Baig.
Introduction to Accounting by Nisaruddin.
 168 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
Total Marks: 75 Time : 2:30 Hours
Division of Marks: Micro – 40 Mraks:
Macro – 35 Marks:
Micro Economics:I
What is Economics about ?
i. The nature, scope and methods of economics analysis.
ii. Importance of economics.
II. Demand and supply
Individual demand, aggregate or market demand, law of demand,
changes in demand, elasticity of demand, measurement of elasticity of
demand.
What is supply, law of supply, and stock, elasticity of supply.
Equilibrium between demand and supply.
III. Consumer, Demand Theory
Law of diminishing and marginal utility. Consumer’s equilibrium
(cardinal approach).
IV. The Costs and Revenues of a Firm.
Classification of costs, fixed cost, variable cost, total average cost,
marginal cost, opportunity cost, total revenue, marginal and average
revenue.
V. Laws of Returns
The law of diminishing returns.
The law of increasing returns.
The law of constant returns.
The law of costs.
VI. Price and output Determination
Pure competition, concept and occurances, price and output
determination under perfect competition and monopoly.
VII. Resource Pricing.
Marginal productivity theory of resource demand.
Factors of production (brief introduction).
MACRO ECONOMICS II
I. National Income
Measurement of National Income:
National Income at factor earning.
National Income at market price.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 169
Expenditure approcach to income measurement.
The flow of National Income, other social accounts.
GDP = Gross Domestic Product
GNP = Gross National Product.
NNP = Net National Product.
NI = National Income.
PI = Personal Income.
DPI = Disposable Personal Income.
II. Money
What is money ?
Fuctions of Money.
Quantity theory of money.
Inflation, Deflation and their effects.
III. Business Cycle
Phase of Business cycle.
Theories of business cycle.
IV. International Trade
Importance of World Trade, International Specialization comparative
advantage, balance of trade and balance of payment.
V. Public Finance
Meaning of public finance, cannons of taxation, Zakat and Usher.

List of Recommended Books, References, Reading etc.

Introduction to Modern Economics Part I and II
by Dr. S.M. Akhtar
Economics and Commercial Geography
By Gul Zaman Qazi.
Usool-e-Muashiat by Awais Ahmad Adib
Ibtedai Muashiat by Abdul Hameed Dar.
Economics by Khadim Hussain
Principles of Economics by Prof. Sirajuddin Qureshi.
Usool-e-Muashiat by Manzoor Ali.
 170 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
PRINCIPLES OF COMMERCE
(CONTENT OUTLINES)

Marks: 75 Class XI (Part-I) Time: 2:30 Hours

I. Introduction
Definition of Commerce, its importance and scope. Branches of
Commerce, Trade, Insurance, Finance, Marketing, Warehousing and
Industry. Essentials of establishing a business house and qualities of a
good Business-man.
II. Types of Commercial Organizations
Sole Proprietorship. Definition, Features , merits and demerits.
Partnership. Formation Features, Partnership Agreement / Deed
Advantages, Disadvatages and Dissolution.
Joint Stock Company / Corporation. Special Feature, Kinds, Formation:
Memorandum of Association, Articles of Association, Certificate of
Registration, Prospectus, Certificate of Commencement of Business,
Management: Shareholders, Directors and Managing Director, Winding
up.
Cooperative Society: Features, Kinds, advantages and disadvantages:
Basic concepts of Musharqa, Mudarba.
III. Office Organization
a. Office Roles, its organization.
b. Handling incoming and outgoing mail, basic postal information.
c. Filing, duplicating, copying and indexing.
d. Office equipments and machines.
IV. Trade and its Kinds:-
Home Trade. Whole sale, Retails, Middlemen, Salesmanship and
Advertisement. Channel of distribution and Chamber of Commerce.
Purchase and Sales of Goods. – Procedure, documents used in
hometradeprice list, Invoice, transportation and Railway receipts.
Foreign Trade Import. – Import procedure, Documents used.
Export
Export procedure, documents used and role of export promotion Bureau.
V. Commercial Correspondence
i. Essentials of a good business letters, writing of letters and their
replies.
ii. Types of letters, trade and status enquiries, indents, letters of claim,
collection and donning letters.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 171
iii. Circulars-officials and semi-officials, telegram including
modification, cyphering and decyphering.
VI. Auxillaries to Commerce
a. Insurance – Kinds, Advantages to Commerce.
b. Transportation/Means-Air, Rail, Road and Sea.
c. Warehousing-Kinds and advantages, Warehouse receipts.
d. Business Finance – types and importance
Available Books
1. Principles of Commerce 2. Principles of Commerce
S.Askari Zardi. Khadim Hussain,
A.H. Hashmi and Matin. Navid publishers, Lahore
3. Principles of Commerce 4. Principles of Commerce
Ali Hassan Muzafar, Azeem Academy Urdu
Ilme Kutabkhana, Lahore. Bazar Lahore
5. Principles of Commerce
Orient Publishers Urdu
Bazar Lahore

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS
Marks: 50 PART –I-- MATHEMATICS Time: 2:00 Hours
1. Business Arithmetic
Ratios Proportion and percentage.
Computation of annuities.
2. Functions and their Graphs.
3. Linear and quadratic Equations, Simultaneous Equations.
4. Binary Number System and its operation.
5. Matrices-Indentity, Matrices, Addition, Subtracion multiplicative of
matrices. Solution of Simultaneous equations through matrices.
Marks: 50 PART –II-- STATISTICS Time: 2:00 Hours
1. Nature of Statistics
What is statistics, Subject matter, fields of statistics and the types of
questions it can answer. Importance of statistics in different fields.
2. Statistical Data
Types of data – Primary and secondary.
Sources of data and Methods of Collection.
3. Presentation of Data
 172 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Classification – the bases of classification.
Tabulation-Simple and compound Tables.
Representation of data through diagrams and charts. Bar diagrams,
Circular diagrams. Graphs of Frequency Distirbution.
4. Averages of the First Order
Mean, Mode, Median
5. Index Numbers
6. Probability Theory
An elementary treatment, excluding probablility distributions (Brief
Introduction)
BOOKS AVAILABLE
1. Rahber Business Statistics by Aizaz Ahmad Khan
Qureshi Brothers
2. Business Statistics by Nadeem Akhtar Siddiqui
Azeem Academy Urdu Bazar Lahore
3. Business Statistics by Aqdas Abbas
Iqra Book Depot Urdu Bazar Lahore
4. Business Mathematics by Nadeem Akhtar Siddiqui
Azeem Academy Urdu Bazar Lahore

COMMERCIAL GEOGRAPHY
Marks: 75 Class XII (Part-II) Time: 2:30 Hours
L World [Marks – 45 for Part I&II]
-Part-I.- Definition of world Commercial activities and their response
to different environments.
-Primary/ Primitive activities.
-Fishing.
-Hunting.
-Lumbering
-Agricultural Activities.
-Advent of agricultural activities.
-Animal Husbandary / Herding.
-Farming-Subsistance.
Industries and Handicrafts.
Skills and factors of manufacturing.
Types and products.
Iron & Steel, Textiles, Fertilizers.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 173
Population growth-its global distribution, trends and its effects on various
commercial activities.
Growth-world-wide.
Distribution.
Trends and effects on Commerce.
Orientation of Commercial activities and their modern trends.
Choices of different countries.
Inter-relationship of choices and commercial activities.
Impact of the latest technology on existing commercial activities and the
resultant trends.
-Part-II-World resources and their distributions
a. Agricultural resources with special emphasis on food resoures and
rate of consumption.
-Wheat, Rice, Sugar – Cane, Tea, edible oils
-Cotton, Rubber and Wool.
-Commodity Flow and consumption.
b. Mineral resources and their sereve estimates.
-Iron-Ore.
-Gold
-Uranium.
c. Energy resources and their application.
-Coal
-Electricity Thermal / Hydro-electricity / Nuclear.
-Natural Oil and Gas.
d. Human resources and their utilization.
-Types according to various occupations.
-Utilization – Optimum and under utilization.
-Effects on Socio – Economic conditions.
Pakistan. 30 Marks
a. Location and physical environments.
- Geographical location and physical features.
-Climate and Natural vegetation.
-Soils and Irrigation.
b. Resources and their exploitation.
-Agricultural commodities – Wheat, Rice. Maize, Sugar–cane, Cotton,
Tobacco.
-Power – Electricity, Nuclear, Solar Energy & Bio-gas.
 174 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
c. Population, its involvement and options for various commercial
activates and its impact on national, regional and international trade.
-Distribution and Occupation.
Migration-immigration and emigration.
-Influence upon nations, regional and international trade.
d. Logistics for the transfer of various resources.
-Roads.
-Railway.
-Airways and Water ways.
e. Priorities and identity of the commercial needs of Pakistan.
-Food autakry.
-Technology know-how and its application in various fields of
commercial activities.
-Perspective needs and their fulfilment, by adding facilities like
augmenting the existing irrigation system, power resources etc.
RECOMMENDATIONS
LIST OF EQUIPMENT, LAB, REQUIREMENTS ETC.
-Maps and Map-rooms, A.V. Aids, Charts. Graphs, Globes, Atlases and out
door study tours.
At present no single book is likely to cover the recommended course. It is,
therefore, suggested that a few books on commercial Geography be got
prepared and published for the convenience of the students. Meanwhile the
following books may be useful as a stop gap arrangements.
Available Books:
-Pakistan by Col. K.U. Qureshy
-Economic and Commercial Geography by Gul Zaman Qazi.
-Commercial Geography by Mian Muhammad Anwar.
-Regional and Commercial Geography by Col K.U.Qureshy and Dr. Miss.
M.K. Elahi.
Economic and Commercial Geography by Prof. Nazeer Ahmad Khalid
Azeem Academy Urdu Bazar Lahore
Economic Geography by F.K.Khan.
-Pakistan Atlas Oxford.
- Economic and Commercial Geography by Gul Zaman Qazi
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 175
COMPUTER STUDIES/ COMPUTER SCIENCE
Part-II (Class-XII)
Theory Marks: 50 Practical Marks: 25

Marks: 50 Time: 2:00 Hours

-Definition of Computer and usefulness in Commerce

-Types of Computers.
i. Differentiation among Digital, Analog and Hybrid computers.
ii. Classification of digital computers; Micro Computers, Mini
Computers, Mainframe.
-Elements of Data Processing.
Familiarization with terminology and brief descriptions of various
fields, within computer science i.e. Hardware, software (System
Software and Application Software) System analysis Programming etc.
II. Components of Digital Computer Systems and Their Functions.
Central Processing Unit.
i. Control Unit.
ii. Arithmetic and Cogic Unit.
iii. Main Memory
i. Input / Output Devices
Functioning, advantages and disadvantages of various input /
output Devices i.e. Terminals Printers, Card Readers, Diskette
Readers etc.
ii. Secondary Storage Devices.
Disk Drives fixed (Winchester), removable, Floppy, Magnetic
Tape drive etc, Usage and suitability of various secondary storage
devices according to their speed and volume should be explained.
III. Information Representation in Computers
-Number System.
i. Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadimal.
ii. Arithmetic operations i.e. Addition, subtraction, Multiplication and
Division etc.
-Machine Representation.
i. Representation of positive and Negative integers using two’s
complement.
 176 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
ii. Bits, Bytes, Words, representation of Characters, representation of
Instructions.
IV. Elements of Data Processing
-Problems Solving and various stages involved.
(i) Defining the Problem.
(ii) Analyzing of the problem.
(iii) Algorithm.
(iv) Flow-charting.
(v) Coding (Programming) the Problem.
(iv) Processing the Problem.
(vii) Debugging the Problem.
(viii) Final Output (Showing results of Problems
V. Programming Languages
—Classification of languages (Low Level, Intermediate level and high level).
—Low level language (Machine Language).
—Intermediate level language (Assembly Language)
—High Level languages (Fortran, Cobol, passcal and Basic etc).
—Suitability of a programming language according to the nature of
problem

VI. Elements and Programing in Basic Language

—Assignment Statements —Control statements
—Input/Out-put statements —Specification statements.
—Usage of Basic statements in developing programmes for simple
problems.
VII. Major Applications
-For Research Development in:
Commercial, accounting, banking, insurance, shipping, census,
immigration, taxation, communications, examinations, inventory
(stores) personal information system.
Available Book:
Computer Studies / Computer Science
by Kashif Shahzad Ch. & Rabia Shahzad Ch.
Azeem Academy Urdu Bazar Lahore
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 177
BANKING
Marks : 75 Class XII(Part-II) Time : 2-30 Hours
Course Outlines
-Definition and origin of banking.
-Kinds of Banks
(i) Central Bank.
(ii) Commerical Bank.
(iii) Industrial Bank—IDBP, NDFC.
(iv) Agricultural Bank.
(v) Investment Bank—ICP.
(vi) Saving Bank.
(vii) Cooperative Bank.
-Commercial Banks
(i) Scheduled and non-scheduled Banks.
(ii) Functions, Importance and services performed by a modern
commercial bank.
-Kinds of Bank Account
(i) Saving.
(ii) Current
(iii) Fixed.
(iv) PLS.
(v) Operation of above accounts (Practical Demonstrations).
Credit Instruments
(i) Cheques.
(ii) Bill of Exchange.
(iii) Promissory note.
(iv) Letter of credit.
Bank advances
(i) Over draft.
(ii) Cash credit.
(iii) Loans — Secured and unsecured.
Credit creation by Commercial Banks.—their powers and
limitations.
Central Bank
(i) Origin and growth.
(ii) Functions of a central bank.
(iii) Credit control measures.
 178 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
(iv) State Bank of Pakistan—its relation with scheduled banks and its
role in the national economy.
Foreign Exchange
Meaning—exchange rates, exchange control and trade, foreign
remittances.
Note,—These course outlines may be adopted for similar course of Banking
in D Com. scheme of Studies.
Evaluation
Internal
(a) For internal evaluation, monthly tests be conducted to assess the
knowledge of the students regularly.
(b) Quiz programmes be arranged to encourage competitive spirit among
the students.
External.
Ten questions may be set and the students be asked to attempt any five
questions carrying equal marks.
(a) Guest speakers from different banks may be invited to deliver lectures.
(b) Students visit in batches to various banks branches be arranged.
Available Textbooks
(i) Principles of Banking by Mohammad Hanif.
(ii) Principles of Banking by Qazi Shahzad
Azeem Academy Urdu Bazar Lahore
(iii) Law and practice of Banking in Pakistan by Asrar H. Siddiqi.
(iv) Money Banking and Credit by Saeed Nasir.
(v) Banking by S. Qavi Ahmad
(vi) Banking in Pakistan by S.A.Meenai
(Economic News letters, of banks.)
(Journal of Institute of Bankers in Pakistan.)
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 179
HOME ECONOMICS GROUP
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each.)
PART-I (CLASS-XI) Marks
1. PAPER I. 100
Biology and Chemistry
Part A : Biology
Marks : 35 Practical : 15
Part B : Chemistry
Marks : 35 Practical : 15
2. PAPER II. 100
Home Management
Marks : 85 Practical : 15
3. PAPER III. 100
Clothing & Textiles
Marks : 85 Practical : 15
PART-II (CLASS-XII)
4. PAPER IV 100
Applied Art
Marks : 85 Practical : 15
5. PAPER V 100
Food and Nutrition
Marks : 85 Practical : 15
6. PAPER VI 100
Child Development and Family life. ___________
Marks : 85 Practical : 15 Total:600
Syllabus.PART-I(CLASS-XI)
Section A-Biology Marks: 35
1.Zoology.
i. Study of the basic animal science
a. Cytology, i.e. protoplasm, cell structure, divisions and Fertilization.
b. Histology of the simple and compound tissues in general.
ii. Brief classification of the animal kingdom.
iii. Study of the characteristics of parasites and their effects on human beings.
2.Physiology of the human body.
i. Muscular system, movements and levers.
ii. Skeletal system and joints.
 180 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
iii. A general study of the structure and function of the digestive, respiratory,
circulatory, nervous, excretory and reproductive systems of the body.
iv. Structure and function of the eye, ear, nose, skin and tongue.
3.Botany.
i. Classification of plants.
ii. Parts of plants and their functions
a. Root-absorption of water and nutrient salts from the soil, holding the
plant in position, storage of food.
b. Stem-carrying water and food-storage of food.
c. Leaves- manufacture of food and loss of water.
d. Flowers-formation of fruits and seeds.
iii. Special uses of plants and trees to man. Their fundamental values as
food including vitamins and uses for latez and rubber, robacco,
perfumes, spices and condiments, tea, coffee and cocoa, medicines-
drug-ex—castor ,oil iodine from sea weed, building materials, fuel and
timber.
iv. Conservation-importance in the prevention of erosion.
Section B - Chemistry Marks: 35
1.Physical Chemistry.
i. Physical and chemical changes.
ii. Elements, mixtures and compounds.
iii. Chemical symbols, formulas and chemical equations.
iv. Dalton’s atomic theory ; laws of chemical combination.
v. Elementary idea of electron, proton and neutron and electronics
structure of atom.
vi. Definition of atomic weight, molecular weight and equivalent weight.
vii. Elements of thermo-chemistry and thermo-chemical educations.
viii. Calculations based on chemical equations.
ix. Oxidation; reduction.
x. Elementary study of reversible reactions and chemical equilibrium;
elementary ideas of Law of Mass action.
xi. Electrolysis and ionisation.
xii. Catalysis and colloids.
2.Inorganic Chemistry.
i. Water as a solvent; change in its density with temperature; its high
specific heat, high heat of vaporization-relation of each of these to
health; softening of hard water; purification of water for drinking
pursposes and for laundry.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 181
ii. Preparation, properties and uses of hydrogen peroxide and ozone.
iii. Air and its composition; respiration and combustion; flame.
iv. Natural gas, coke and other fuels; carbon monoxide poisoning.
v. Carbon dioxide; preparation, properties and uses (fire extinguishers).
vi. Acids, bases and salts, general characteristics of each class.
vii. Action of air, water, acids and alkalies on the following metals and
alloys: Silver, gold, copper, brass, bronze, tin, aluminium, iron,
chromium and nickel.
viii. Composition and properties of common salt sodium thiosulphate, baking
powder, bleaching powder lime, copper sulphate, white lead, silver-
nitrate, common alum, potassium permanganate.
ix. Elementary study of the following processes:-
Photography; electroplating; silvering of mirrors and tinning.
3.Organic Chemistry
Elementary study of the following:-
i. Hydrocarbons (methane, ethane and acetylene).
ii. Ethyl alcohol.
iii. Acids: Organic acids in common domestic use – acetic, oxalic, tartaric
and citric acids.
iv. Carbohydrates – glucose, cane sugar, starch, study of cellulose with
special reference to its industrial importance in rayon, paper, cellophane
and synthetic materials.
v. Fats and oils – soap and sponification.
vi. Proteins.
vii. Dyeing acid – fats and alkali- fast dyes, mordant; bleaching and use of
anti-colour.
viii. Fermentation of food by different methods and pasteurization of milk.
LIST OF PRACTICAL FOR PAPER-I “BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY”
Practical Paper-I Part-I with the help of models students will be
instructed in the identification of :-
Section-A
i. Different types of Plants.
ii. Different Parts of Plants.
iii. Parts of skeletal system.
iv. Parts of Eyes & Ears.
 182 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Section –B
i. Demonstrations the difference in a physical and chemical change.
ii. Demonstrations the effect of heat on water change in state and
temperature.
iii. Characteristics of acids, bases and salts.
iv. General Characteristics of carbohydrates, fats and Proteins-colour
reactions-solubility, effect of heat.

PAPER II (PART-I)
HOME MANAGEMENT
(Outlines of tests)
Part-I Theory (Class-XI) Marks: 85
Practical: 15
Marks: 85 Time: 3:00 Hours
Syllabus.
1. Management and its relationship to family goals, values and
resources.
(i) Family goals and values as related to management.
(ii) Developing and understanding of resources to be managed:—
(a) Types of resources —human and material.
(b) Inter-relationship of resources.
(c) Control, evaluation and planning of resources.
(d) Scarcity of resources for management.
2. Comfort and beauty in the home.
(i) Planning houses to meet family needs.
(ii) Selection and functional arrangement of furniture and furnishings
(iii) Improvement of household storage.
(iv) Study of heights of working surfaces.
3. Protection of health in the home.
(i) Sanitation in the home.
(ii) Constructional features of housing in relation to the health of the family:—
(a) Ventilation.
(b) Lighting.
(c) Drainage.
(d) Disposal of refuse
(e) Insulation.
(iii) Arrangement for areas of recreation in the home.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 183
4. Household equipment.
(i) Household equipment used in Pakistani homes.
(ii) Amount and kind of equipment needed for maintenance of a home.
(iii) Selection of household equipment in relation to the design and function
of equipment
(iv) Care and storage of equipment.
LIST OF PRACTICAL FOR CLASS –XI (PART-I)
(i) Plan time-table for different family members.
(ii) Compare simple account books, report on money expenditure in a family
and keep a record of personal accounts.
(iii) Plan household storage in own homes.
(iv) Experiment with adjustable work heights.
(v) Make a study of the health and sanitary members in the community.
(vi) Evaluate and suggest improvement for the equipment commonly and in
Pakistan homes in relation to design, function, use, efficiency and care.
Note:—Field trips will be arranged for the students in connection with their
Practicals.

PAPER III (PART I)

(CLOTHING AND TEXTILES)
(Outlines of tests)
Part-I Theory (Class-XI) Marks: 85
Practical: 15
Marks: 85 PART –I(CLASS-XI) Time: 3:00 Hours
Syllabus.
1. Selection, construction and storage of clothes.
(i) Principle of art applied to selection of clothes and fabric:—
(a) Analysis of personal characteristics.
(b) Study of design dements in dress.
(c) Selection of appropriate dress and accessories.
(ii) Shopping practices and consumer ethics:—
(a) Study of marks and prices.
(b) Effective shopping practices
(c) Ethical and unethical practices in shopping.
 184 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
(iii) Principles of wardrobe planning:—
(a) Planning individual wardrobe in terms of family, social economic
status and the economy of Pakistan.
(b) Factors that determine wardrobe planning such as family budget,
activities, personality, season of the year, age, set and occasion in
terms of social customs of the country.
(iv) Construction of clothes :—
(a) Drafting individual bodies block—taking accurate measurements and
considering correct drafting procedures.
(b) Construction of a minimum of two garments for the students herself
based on her wardrobe analysis and incorporating at least five new
techniques and learning.
(c) Sewing equipment, its proper use and care; choice of fabrics for
garments: construction processes.
(v) Methods for care sad storage of clothing.
(a) Values and basic principle of laundering, stain removal ironing and
pressing.
(b) Principle of storing clothes, such as cleanliness, neatness, orderliness
and protection from wrinkling, dust, dampness, insects.
(c) Mending methods in the context of appropriateness to the fabric, in
relation to time, energy and worth of the garments repairing, patching
and darning.
2. Study of Textile Fibres.
(i) Classification of textile fibres.
A comparative study of the characteristics of textile fibres,
identification of textile fibres of common use; miscroscopic Structure;
simple methods of fibre identification such as the burning test and the
feelings test, simple chemical tests for identifying fibres.
(ii) The three basic weaves and their characteristics:
Plan, twill and satin weave.
(iii) Finishing processes such as mercerization, nappring calendering, pre-
shrinking.
LIST OF PRACTICAL FOR CLASS-XI (PART-I)
(i) Drafting individual bodies block.
(ii) Construction of a minimum of two garments based on own wardrobe
analysis and incorporating at least five new techniques and learnings
(iii) Principles of Stain removal
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 185
(iv) Ironing and pressing cloths.
(v) Common mending methods; patching; darning.
(vi) Examination and collection of a variety of Fabrics made from different
textile fibres.
(vii) Identification of fibres using simple methods.
(viii) Natural, man made, synthetic burning test, physical test, chemical and
microscopic.

PAPER IV (PART-II)
(APPLIED ART)
(Outlines of tests)
Part-II Theory (Class-XII) Marks: 85
Practical: 15
Marks: 85 PART –II(CLASS-XII) Time: 3:00 Hours
Syllabus.
1. Application of Art in everyday living.
(i) Application of design through planning, designing and construction of
any five of the following crafts:
(a) Tied and dyed and stencilled dupattas or scarves, batik- curtain,
kamiz, sari.
(b) Leather work, pocket-books, sandals. Basketery — two types of
basket.
(c) Straw-weaving mats for table, block printing, meaving, crubing of
carvings and engraving.
(d) Composition using natural material e.g. flowers, grasses branches, fruit.
(e) Selection and arrangement of pictures and wall hangings.
(f) Construction of frames.
(ii) Principles of art applied to all planning and construction; harmony,
rhythm, balance, proportion, emphasis.
(iii) Elements of art applied to all creative work:—
Colour, texture, line form.
 186 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
(iv) Demonstration of arrangement of space, line and colour on posters
illustrative material for other classes, bulletin boards, decoration for
parties.
2. PRACTICALS
Students will submit five creative projects for evaluation with an
analysis of how the principles of art and the elements of art are used.
At least one project should illustrate the use of colour and colour
harmony.

PAPER V (PART-II)
(FOOD AND NUTRITION)
(Outlines of tests)
Part-II Theory (Class-XII) Marks: 85
Practical: 15
Marks: 85 PART –II (CLASS-XII) Time: 3:00 Hours

Syllabus:
1. Understanding the nutritional importance of food.
(i) Definition of nutrition.
(ii) Classification and functions of food nutrients: Carbohydrates, fats,
proteins, minerals, vitamins and water.
(iii) Composition and nutritional value of vegetables, fruits, eggs, milk,
meat and other common foods.
(iv) Conservation of nutrients in food preparation-
2. Family meal management.
(i) Points to be considered in meal management:—
(a) Personal nutritional needs.
(b) Factors governing nutritional requirements in respect of age sex,
activity.
(c) Adequate diet for the family; infant nutrition, invalid diets and others.
(d) Adapting receipts to number of persons to be served.
(ii) Food preparation:—
(a) Use of weights, measures and equivalents.
(b) Methods and principles of cookery: Meat, vegetables, fruit and sugar.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 187
(c) Effects of cooking on nutrients palatability, texture, colour.
(iii) Study, care and use of equipment used in food preparation.
3. Food Fads and fallacies.
Relation of food and fallacies to personal food selection such as
superstition, religion, special days.
4. Home Gardening and fond production.
(i) Value of planning for producing food at home—nutritional, recreational
and educational.
(ii) Soil preparation and management of the garden.
(iii) Selecting vegetables, fruits and flowers suited to the area selected for
gardening.
(iv) Protecting vegetables, fruits and flowers from pests, heat, excessive
rain.
(v) Care and use of fresh, home produced food.
(vi) Poultry and other sources of protein-rich food for the family.
LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS-XII (PART-II)
(i) Record food intake and activity for a given period of time (two days or
more) and evaluate dietary in relation to energy requirement.
(ii) Learn to measure 100 calorie portions of food. Compare the dietary
adequacy of rice, eggs, dal, atta, fruits, vegetables. Compare nutritional
value of polished and unpolished rice, maida and atta.
(iii) Estimate number of servings from a prepared rcceipt (keep in mind the
amount of adequate servings).
(iv) Plan a menu which will furnish the daily food requirements for a family.
Prepare one meal from this menu.
Prescribed textbook- “FOOD AND NUTRITION”
Author : Mrs. D. N. Dastur.
Editor : Miss Razia Noor Muhammad.
Published by : M/s Ilmi Kitab Khan, Urdu Bazar, Lahore
For Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore.
 188 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
PAPER VI (PART II)
(CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY LIFE)
(Outlines of tests)
Part-II Theory (Class-XII) Marks: 85
Practical: 15
Marks: 85 CLASS-XII (PART –II) Time: 3:00 Hours
Syllabus.
1. Understanding helping family members
(i) Care of the mother during pregnancy:
(a) Care of the mother during pregnancy to ensure a good start in life
for the baby.
(b) Helping the mother to understand her needs and giving her
information about egencies and persons able to help her.
(ii) Preparation for the arrival of a new baby.
(a) Preparing parents and other family members for welcoming the new
baby.
(b) Helping parents to understand the characteristics and needs of the
infant.
(iii) Understanding the growing child.
(a) Characteristics of the pre-school child, school child and pre-
adolescent.
(b) Aspects of growth and development, physical, emotional, social and
mental. Inter-relationship of all aspects of growth.
(iv) Care of children from infancy through pre-adolescence
(v) Explanation of the importance of observation of children of home and
directed observation of children in the nursery, primary and middle
schools. Discussion of guidance principles related to observation.
2. Care of the health of the family.
(i) Requirement of good health.
Adequate food, sleep, fresh air, sun shine, comfortable clothing,
exercise, safety from home hazards: fire, poisons, sharp instrument and
other.
(ii) Development of individuality.
a) Relationship of the child to family members, teachers, class-mates
and others.
b) Child’s needs for developing his potentialities at home and outside
the home.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 189
c) Behaviour problems and how to deal with them.
d) Characteristics behaviour accompanying growth changes; guiding
children towards desirable behaviour,
(iii) Acceptance of the whole child co-operation between family members
and others understanding the child and guiding him towards maturity.
(iv) The role of play in the child's development. Principles underlying the
selection, care and use of equipment and play material. Understanding
child’s interest and activities—book’s pictures, music, individual and
group play, importance of the peer group.
LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS-XII (PART-II)
(i) Preparation of a file on observations in the college nursery school (or of
a child at home or in the neighborhood), primary and middle school.
(ii) Field trips,
(iii) Audio-visual aids to be developed during the year. Guide sheets will be
furnished for these reports for the file. This file will also include a chart
showing play materials for each developmental level from infancy
through pre-adolescence.

Prescribed textbook: “CHILD DEVELOPMENT"

Author Dr. Mrs. M. Ahmad.
Editor Miss Razia Noor Muhammad.
Published by M/S. Ilmi Kitab Khana, Urdu Bazar, Lahore.
For Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore.
 190 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
NURSING
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each.)
(Outlines of tests)
Syllabus.
Marks : 85 PART I Time : 3.00 hours
i) Anatomy, Physiology and Hygiene 35 marks
ii) Nursing and First Aid 50 marks
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
1. Introduction to the Body.
Cells and tissues: structure and function.
Body as a whole; chief cavities and contents
2. Skeleton.
Bones: Structure and growth, types of bones.
Skull: Name and position of bones of cranium and face.
Teeth. Spinal column and Thorax: Spinal column as a whole, general
structure of vertebrate and their types.
Sternum and ribs.
Shoulder girdle and upper extremity.
Pelvic girdle and lower extremity.
2. Joint and Muscles:
Joints: (general structure varieties, chief joints of the body.
Muscles: general features of voluntary muscle. Position and action of the
chief muscles of the body.
3. Blood and Circulatory System
Blood: Composition, function and coagulation.
Heart: Position structure and function.
Blood Vessels: Arteries, veins, arterioles and capillaries including their
structural differences. Names and positions of the chief blood vessels.
Circulation of Blood: General, pulmonary and portal circulations. Pulse
and blood pressure.
Lymphatic System : Lymph, lymphatic vessels and glands. Spleen
5. Respiratory System:
Organ of Respiration: Position, structure and functions.
Mechanism and process of respiration; Chief muscles of respiration.
Purpose of respiration.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 191
HYGIENE
1. Personal, family and community health.
(1) Concept of health.
(a) Definition and general principles.
(b) Physical, mental and social factors influencing health.
(c) Effects of environmental and economic factors.
(d) Human behavior and motivation.
(2) Personal health;
(a) Personal hygiene.
Habits, posture, exercise, sleep, rest, and recreation.
Cleanliness of the whole body .
(b) Mental and social health
Normal recreation, emotional adjustments, effects of social and physical
environments, behavior and attitudes (including attitudes towards birth,
life and death).
2. Domestic and Community Hygiene:
(1) Milk; Composition, Contamination and adulteration, pasteurization and
sterilization.
(2) Food: storage and preservation.
(3) Home Safety.
(4) Air and ventilation: Composition and impurities of air, principles of
natural and artificial ventilation, application to the home and institutions.
(5) Water; Sources of water supply in Pakistan, purification and storage of
water for domestic purposes,
(6) Disposal of refuse and sewage: Water carriage and conservancy
systems, purification of sewage by septic tank and activated sludge
process.
(7) Microbiology:
(a) Type of micro: Organisms, main characteristics and mode of life.
(b) Infection: Portals of entry, spread of infection and its control,
(c) Immunity: Active and passive.
(8) Spread of infection by means of water, food and air in cholera dysentery
end the enteric fevers.
(9) Spread of infection by insects: Flies; mosquitoes, sandflies, lice,
bedbugs and fleas.
(10) Intestinal parasites; Threadworms, roundworms, hookworms and
tapeworms.
 192 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
(11) Pest control.
NURSING
I. HISTORY OF NURSING
I. Islamic Heritage in Nursing and Medicine.
(1) Nursing and Hygiene in the Prophet’s time.
(2) Outline of the growth of Arabic medicine from the 5th century.
(3) Work of famous Islamic Physicians and surgeons Al-Razi, Ibn-Sina,
Ibn-Zuhr, Al-Zahrawi.
(4) Famous Muslim hospitals during the 8th -13th centuries in Baghdad,
Cairo, Damascus and Cordova.
II. Florence Nightingale: Her life and work in the Crimea, founding of
modern nursing.
1. Brief history of nursing in Pakistan to the present day.
Pakistan Nursing Council, West Pakistan Nursing Services Council,
Pakistan Nurses Federation and International Council of Nurses
2. Future of nursing; careers open to nurses.
3. Work of other health services to-day: Red Cross.
II. NURSING ETHICS AND ETIQUETTE.
1. The need for a special code of behavior for nurse.
2. The qualities of a good nurse.
3. The nurses relationship to:
(a) The patient and his relations.
(b) Nursing Staff.
(c) Medical Staff.
4. The international code of nursing ethics.
III. DOMESTIC WARD MANAGEMENT
1. Methods of cleaning. .
2. Care of the sickroom and its furniture.
3. Care of bedding, linen, blankets, waterproof, plastic goods, glass-ware,
rubber goods and china goods.
4. Care and sanitary methods of cleaning utensils, baths and lavatories.
5. Disposal and disinfection of soiled linen and dressings.
6. Disinfectants in common use.
Sterilization of utensils, rubber and plastic goods
IV. NURSING CARE OF THE PATIENT
(Theory and Practical)
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 193
1. Bed making, admission bed, changing sheets from side to side with the
patient in bed, operation bed, Fracture bed and use of Bed Cradles.
2. Lifting and turning of patient.
3. Bathing in bed and the bathroom.
4. Care of pressure areas, causes, prevention and treatment of bedsores.
5. Care of the mouth and teeth including those of a helpless patient.
6. Care of the hair washing, fine combing, treatment for pediculosis
7. Taking and recording temperature, pulse and respiration.
8. Serving meals and feeding a helpless patient.
9. Drugs and lotions: Simple weights and measures, technical terms and
abbreviation in common use. Administration of drugs orally. Cure of
simple and dangerous drugs.
10. Inhalations: Preparation of moist inhalations.
11. Enemas;
(a) Those to be returned eg. Soap, olive oil and glycerine enemas.
(b) Those to be retained eg. Continuous rectal infusion.
12. Hot applications:
(a) Filling hot water bottles.
(b) Fomentations (1) Medical including Turpentine stupes.
(2) surgical.
13 Cold applications;
(a) Filling ice bags.
(b) Cold compresses.
14. Tepid sponging.
15. Testing of urine for albumin and sugar Reaction and specific gravity.
V. BANDAGING
1. Types of bandages and their uses, Application of roller and triangular
bandages. Use of simple splints,
2. Roller bandaging: Simple and reverse spiral and figure of eight, spica
of elbow, knee and heel, bandage of the hand, fingers and thumb,
ascending shoulder spica, bandage of' the ear, eye and carbuncle.
3. Triangular bandaging: Slings.

VI. FIRST AID

1. General principles of first aid.
 194 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
2. Shock.
3. Haemorrhage including epistaxis, Haemoptysis and Haematemesis.
4. Fractures, sprains and dislocations,
5. Wounds, abrasions and bruises
6. Bites and stings.
7. Burns and scalds.
8. Loss of consciousness; fainting, fits, and convulsions, asphyxia from
drowning, choking and carbon monoxide gas Electrocution.
9. Poisons: General principles of treatment, Foreign bodies, Ear, Nose,
throat and stomach.
10. Artificial respiration:
(a) Holger Nielson,
(b) Mouth to mouth
LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS-XI (PART – I)
NURSING CARE OF THE PATIENT
1. Bed making, admission bed.
2. Lifting and turning patients.
3. Care of the hair, hair washing, fine-combing, treatment for prediculosis.
4. Bathing in bed and the bathroom.
5. Taking and recording temperature, pulse and respiration.
6. Drugs and lotions: simple weights and measures technical terms and
abbreviations in common use.
Administration of drugs orally. Care of simple and dangerous drugs.
7. Hot applications;
Filling hot water bottles.
8. Cold applications;
(a) Filling ice bags.
(b) Cold compresses.
BANDAGING
9. Types of bandages and their uses. Application of roller and triangular
bandogges Use of simple splints.
10. Roller bandaging: simple and reverse spiral and figure of eight, spica of
elbow, knee and heel, bandage of the hand, fingers and thumb, ascending
shoulder spica, bandage of the ear, eye and carbuncle.
11. Triangular bandaging: Slings.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 195
NURSING
Marks :85 CLASS-XII (PART-II) Time : 3:00 Hours
I. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
1. Digestive system;
Alimentary tract and associated organs: position, structure and
functions.
Simple description of the process of digestion and absorption.
2. Metabolism:
Simple description of the metabolism of proteins, fats and
carbohydrate.
Body heat and regulation of body temperature.
3. Excretory system
Kidneys and urinary bladder: structure and function.
Simple description of the formation of urine. Composition of urine.
Micturition,
Skin: structure and function. Hair and nails.
4. Endocrine system
Brief outline of the endocrine glands. Structure and function of the
pancreas, thyroid, parathyroid, suprarenal and pituitary glands,
5. Nervous system-
Central nervous system: cerebrum, cerebellum, medulla and spinal
cord.
Peripheral nerves and reflex action.
Autonomic nervous system.
Organs of special sense,
6. Reproductive system.
Structure and function of the male and female reproductive organs.
II. DIETETICS
1. Essential nutrients:
Protein, carbohydrates, fats, vitamins, mineral salts and water.
2. Calorie values and requirements.
3. Balanced diet.
4. Practical:
(a) Simple food tests for proteins, Carbohydrates and fs.
 196 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
(b) Enzyme action eg. action of saliva on starch.
(c) Sickroom cookery: tea, barley water, albumin water egg frip,
scrambled egg, baked custard, egg jelly, orange jelly,
vegetable soup.
III. HEALTH OF MOTHER AND CHILD
1. Preparation for marriage and parenthood.
The importance of a happy home environment on the physical and
mental development of the child-
Parental responsibilities in promoting character development.
2. Importance of good maternity care.
Signs and symptoms of pregnancy; antenatal care.
Brief outline of fetal development and the birth of the baby, Post-natal
care.
3. Care of the baby;
Breast and artificial feeding; weaning.
Bathing the baby.
Immunisation.
4. Maternal and child welfare services.
5. Family Planning;
The need for family planning at the national level and the family level.
Recommended books:
(1) Anatomy an Physiology for Nurses-by W. Gardon Sears.
(2) Aids to Practical Nursing Marjorie Houghton.
(3) An Introduction to Hygiene and Public Health by Dr. Niazi,
(4) Maternal and Child Welfare Manual—-Susan Tracy and Archibald
Norman, published by British Red Cross Society
(5) Sir John’s Ambulance First Aid Manual.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PRACTICAL TRAINING
(1) For Regular Students
(a) One period per week through-out the two years course, for practical
instructions in the class room in the college.
(b) In addition to this, during the second year, each student should visit a
recognized hospital weekly for at least one hour’s practical bed-side
nursing so that a minimum total of 30 hours Ward experience is
gained. A certificate to this effect should be signed by the nursing
Superintendent of the hospital and forwarded to the Principal of the
college concerned.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 197
(2) For Private Students
No Private candidate is allowed to take the examination unless she has
produced a certificate from the Nursing Superintendent of a teaching
hospital to the effect that she has put in the minimum of 30 hours of
practical work in the hospital.
NURSING
Division of Practical
PART - II (CLASS XII)
NURSING CARE OF THE PATIENT
1. Changing sheets from side to side with the patient in bed, operation, bed,
Fracture bed and use of bed Cradles.
2. Care of pressure areas, causes, prevention and treatment of bedsores.
3. Care of the mouth and teeth, including those of a helpless patient,
4. Inhalation : preparation of moist inhalations,
5. Enemas :
(a) Those to be returned eg. soap, olive oil and glycerin enemas.
(b) Those to be retained eg. continuous rectal infusion.
6. Tepid sponging.
7. Testing of Urine for albumin and sugar Reaction and specific gravity,
FIRST AID
8. General principles of first aid.
9. Shock.
10. Hamorrhage including epistaxis, Haemoptysis,
11. Fractures, sprains and dislocations.
12. Wounds, abrasions and bruises.
13. Bites and stings.
14. Burns and scalds.
15. Loss of consciousness;
fainting, fits and convulsions.
asphyxi from drowing, choking and carbon monoxide gas Electrocution,
16. Poisons: general principles of treatment, Foreign bodies, Ear, .Nose,
Throat and Stomach.
17. Artificial respiration:
(a) Holger Nielson. (b) Mouth to mouth.
 198 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
ISLAMIC STUDIES GROUP
This group will comprise the following three subjects;
(1) ARABIC Marks
PART I .... 100
PART II .... 100
(2) ISLAMIC STUDIES
PART I .... 100
PART II .... 100
(3) ISLAMIC HISTORY AND CULTURE
PART I .... 100
PART II .... 100
(1) ARABIC
PART I (CLASS-XI) 100 Marks
The syllabus and time will be the same as that of Arabic
(Elective) Paper A (Part-I) in Humanities Group.
PART II (CLASS-XII) 100 Marks
The syllabus and time will be the same as that of Arabic
(Elective) Paper B (Part-II) in Humanities Group.

(2) ISLAMIC STUDIES

Syllabus.
Marks : 100 PART I Time : 3 hours
(1) Al-Fiqh-Chapters on Taharat, Salat, Saum and Zakat from
Multapal Abhur or Al-Quduri.
(2) Usul al-Fiqh—The four Usul, viz.
Kitab, Sunnah, Ijma and Qias.
Marks : 100 PART II Time : 3 hours
(1) Al-Quran : Surat al-Baqra with translation and explanation. 70Marks
(2) Al-Hadith: Mishkatal-Masabih from Kitab-al-Inam to the 30Marks
end of Kitab-al-Ilam.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 199
(3) ISLAMIC HISTORY AND CULTURE
Marks : 100 PART I (CLASS-XI) Time : 3 hours

The political and cultural history of Islam upto the Umayyad period.
1. Background of Islam.
(i) Pre-Islamic civilization of the Near East: Assyrian and Babylonian
civilization, the Hebrew-monotheism Byzantines; Christianity; imperial
administration. The Sassanians – Zora - strianism, ideas of monarchy.
Political, social and cultural life of the Arabs before Islam.
(ii) Life of the Prophet: His early life; mission and early difficulties; Hijrat;
wars and ultimate triumph; beliefs and institutions of Islam; character
and achievements of the Prophet as a social reformer and builder of a
new millat.
2. The early Caliphs.
(i) Abu Bakr: His election as Caliph; Osama's expedition; suppression of
rebellions and aspostacy; beginning of the clash with the Persian and the
Roman Empires; Abu-Bakr’s character and achievements.
(ii) Omar: Spread of Islam and expansion of Arab rule in Iraq, Persia, Syria
and Egypt; emergence of Islam as a great power; evolution of civil
government and military organization; treatment of non-Muslims; his
character and achievements.
(iii) Osman: Continuation of the expansion of Islam; his character and
achievements.
(iv) Ali: Succession of Ali; civil wars; origin of the ‘Shias’ and the ‘Kharjis’;
Ali's administration; his assassination; his character and achievements.
(v) Progress of Islam in the period of the early Caliphs; its political, social,
economic and cultural aspects.
3. The Umayyads
(i) Amir Muawiyah: Abdication of Imam Hasan; Establishment of the
Umayyad dynasty; Amir Muawiyah’s campaigns and conquests;
measures to consolidate dynastic rule of administration; beginning of the
Arab navy ; Amir Muawiyah’s character and achievements.
(ii) Carrier and character of Imam Hussain; Events leading to the
tragedy of Karbala; its religious, moral and political significance.
(iii) Abdul Malik: Restoration and consolidation of Umayyad rule;
campaigns against the Byzantines, Berbers and Kharjis; his policy and
administrative reforms.
 200 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
(iv) Walid bin Abdul Malik: Spread of Islam and expansion of the Arab
rule in Asia, Africa and Europe, his works of public utility; promotion
of art and architecture; growth of naval-power grandeur of his reign.
(v) Sulaiman bin Abdul Malik: His ill-treatment of the Muslim generals;
military campaigns and conquests; seize of Constantinople.
(vi) Omar bin Abdul Aziz: His character, zeal for reforms and
achievements.
(vii) Later Umayyad rulers; The Armenian and Caucasion wars; campaigns
in France, causes of the decline and fall of the Umayyads.
(viii) Nature of the Umayyad rule: Growth of the Arab Empire in this period;
administration- provincial and central; military organization; social,
cultural, and economic condition; the capital and the royal court;
architecture and paintings.
Marks : 100 PART II CLASS-XII(Option i) Time : 3 hours
The political and cultural History of Islam from the beginning of the
Abbasids to the fall of Baghdad
1. The Abbasids:
(a) Foundation and consolidation of the Abbasid dynasty ; Abbasid
propaganda the appearance of Abu Muslim and the establishment of the
Abbasid dynasty; Al-Saffah; Al-Mansur, the real founder of the dynasty;
consolidation of the Abbasid rule; foundation of Baghdad; rise of the
Barmaki family and growth of the Persian influence.
(b) Mahdi and suppression of the Mutazalities; glory of reign of Haroon;
fall of the Barmaki family.
(c) Mamun; his patronage of Mutazalities; intellectual and literary
development under Mamun.
(d) Mutasim and the beginning of the Turkish ascendancy; Samara; Al-
Mutawakkil; rise of the local Persian dynastics; the Buwayhids; the
Saljuqs; Tughril, Alp Arslan and Malik Shah; the Ayyubis in Egypt and
Syria.
(e) The Crusades; causes and effects; Salah-ud-Din Ayyubi.
(f) Mongol invasion of the Muslim world and the sack of Baghdad 1258
A.D. Causes and effects of the fall of Baghdad.
(g) Nature of the Abbasid caliphate; ascendancy of the Persian influence;
wazarat and administration.
(h) (i) Foreign relations of the Abbasids.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 201
(ii) Social and economic conditions; position of the slaves and
treatment of the non-Muslims.
(iii) Scientific and literary progress; Medicine, geography, astronomy,
history, philosophy, literature and poetry law and jurisprudence,
political thought.
(iv) Education; Institutions of higher learning, literary societies,
libraries.
(v) Fine Art; Architecture, painting, calligraphy and music.
2. Fatimid Caliphate in Egypt:
Ismaili Sect, origin of the Fatimids; establishment of the Fatimid rule in
Eygpt; Al-Muizz and expansion of the Fatimid rule in Siclly, Italy and
Arabia; Al-Aziz; patronage of art, architecture and education; Al-Azhar;
Decline and fall of the Fatimids, the rise of the Mamluks.
Marks : 100 PART II (Option – ii) Time : 3 hours
The Cultural System of Islam
Among others, the following specific aspects will be studied in the light of the
Kitab and the Sunnah and the writings of eminent Muslims thinkers :
(a) The Individual :—
Study of the Akhlaq-i-Islam with special stress on the following
points:
Taqwa, Dhikr, Sabr, Shukr, Afw, Adl, Ihsan, Tadabbur, Tahammul,
Khidmat-i-Khalq, Talab-i-Ilm.
(b) The Family :—
(i) The nature and purpose of home life.
(ii) The role of the mother, father and children.
(iii) The rights and duties of husband and wife.
(c) The School and the Mosque :-
(i) The nature and purpose of education in Muslim Society.
(ii) The role of the Maktab in Society.
(iii) The role of Mosque in society.

(d) Muslim Society :—

The rights and duties of :-
(i) Relatives.
202 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
(ii) Neighbours.
(iii) Citizens;
(iv) The state.
(e) The World of Islam:
The concept of
(i) The Umma
(ii) Ukhuwwat.
(iii) Tabligh.
(iv) Jehad.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 203
AGRICULTURE
(Outlines of tests)
PART I Marks 85 Time : 3.00hours
PART II Marks 85 Time : 3.00hours
PRACTICAL: 30
Syllabus
Marks : 85 PART I (CLASS-XI) Time : 3.00 hours
1. Importance of Agriculture for Pakistan. Division of province into zones
according to rainfall and climate. Suitability of different crops for
different zones. Elementary knowledge about soil formation, physical
constituents and properties of main types of soils in the province.
2. Water holding capacity and movement of water in different types of soils
and its effect on crops production—Alkaline and acid soils— their
causes and control.
3. (1) Importance of irrigation for area with low rainfall and for crops
grown during the dry season of the year. Critical times in the life of
crop when irrigation is necessary including those implement
commonly used in mechanized farming.
(2) Advantages and drawbacks of irrigation from:
(a) Canals.
(b) Tube-wells and ordinary wells and
(c) Ponds and other means.
(3) Remedial measures for water-logging.
4. (a) Soil conservation and allied practices. Soil fertility and how to
maintain it. Conservation of farm-yard manure and making of
compost from vegetative matter.
(b) Green manures and its importance. Part played by nitrogen fixing
bacteria associated with leguminous plants. Advantages of growing
leguminous crops for green manuring or as alternate crops.
(c) Importance of Inorganic and Organic Manures. In crop growth
role of major and minor elements.

LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS-XI (PART I)

1. A group of students will maintain a simple plot of land where they will
grow one kharif crop, one Rabi crop and some seasonal vegetables. They
will keep a record of all field operations done throughout the year with
 204 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
dates and also a record of performance of crops grown by them. They
will learn the use of local and improved implements for their field
operations so far as possible.
2. Identification of different soils, Experiments of Illustrate physical
Properties of sand and clay with special reference to their comparative
weights, permeability to water and their relative water holding capacity.
3. Identification of different organic and inorganic manures.
4. Field trips in the locality.
Note :-A record of all practical work done throughout the year will be
maintained and produced at the time of Practical examination.

Marks : 85 CLASS-XII (PART II) Time : 3.00 hours

1. Parts of a plant and their functions in detail—root, stem, leaf, flower,
fruit and seed.
2. Germination of seeds—condition essential for germination; qualities
of good seed.
3. Plant nutrition—essential elements required for plant growth. How
these are taken by plants?
4. Soil, season and rainfall requirements of important Kharif and Rabi
crops of the province.
5. Soil, time of sowing, seed rate, water requirements imprtance of
gardens and vegetable crops of the province.
6. Out turn, cost of production and profits obtained from important field
crops and vegetable crops.
7. Principles underlying rotation of crops.
8. Recognition of weeds growing in crop fields; steps to be taken for
eradicating weeds.
9. Recognition of major local insect pests and diseases of crops-
Identification of insect pests at different stages of their life cycle. Step
to be taken for controlling different insect pests and plant diseases.
10. Recognition of important breeds of milch, cattle, draft animals, sheep
and goats and poultry. Elementary knowledge of general management.
Care and feeding of cattle, sheep goats and poultry.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 205
11. Chemical fertlizers—methods of their application and doses for
important crops.
12. Importance of preparatory tillages—methods and implements used for
tillage,
13, Different methods and implements used for seed bed preparation,
sowing of crops and inter-tillage.
LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS-XII (PART II)
1. Testing germination and purity of seeds.
2. Collection and recognition of important weeds of the locality.
3. Collection and recognition of important insect pests and plant diseases
of the locality. Controlling of insect pests and plant diseases by spraying,
dusting, etc, with suitable chemical.
4. Observation of good and bad points of cattle and determination of
important breeds,
5. Field trips in the locality.
Note.-A record of all practical work done throughout the year will be
maintained and produced at the time of the Practical examination.

LIBRARY SCIENCE
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF EDUCATION IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
1. To develop interest in reading materials and their use in libraries and to
promote reading habit among the students.
2. To create among students a better understanding of the usefulness of
libraries in their studies and their dynamic role in a fast changing society.
3. To develop among the students the skill to make effective use of library
resources and services including library equipments so that irrespective
of the career that they may later-on choose for themselves, they can
derive maximum benefits out of the library.
4. To acquaint students with the literature of Islam and Pakistan.
5. To promote interest among students for life-long education and help
them to develop into good citizens.
 206 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

Syllabus Library Science

Marks 85 Class XI (Part – I) Time : 3.00 hours
Paper-1— Introduction of Books and Libraries
This paper will consist of the following five sections:
1. Nature and types of libraries and their use.
2. Nature and types of library materials.
3. History of books and libraries.
4. Use of library materials.
5. Meaning and concept of information.
Scope
1. Definition, concept and brief description of objectives and services of
library. Role of the library in society (pages 20).
2. Definition and concept of books and other library materials, Types of
library materials, care of library materials (Pages 20)
3. Brief history of writing and writing materials (The Alphabet, papers
making and printing). Brief history of libraries in general with special
reference to Pakistan. Brief introduction to libraries and the library
materials possessed by the city libraries and libraries in the vicinity.
(Pages 20).
4. Purpose of books and other library materials. Library materials for use.
Methods and ways of making them useable. (Pages 20).
5. The meaning, concept and role of information in generation of
knowledge and its usefulness (Pages 20).
Practicals
The practicals for each section will include term papers concerning to
the specific topics of each section. This may also include reports of
library tours.
Syllabus
EXPECTED OUT-COME
PAPER I—Introduction of Books and Libraries.
SECTION I.—Nature and type of Libraries and their use:
1. An understanding of the meaning and concept of a Library.
2. An awareness about library objectives and services.
3. An understanding of a library’s contribution in the life of an individual
and in the society at large.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 207
4. An awareness of the usefulness of a library in education and in
developing reading habit.
5. An understanding of the impact of machines in the improvement of
services offered by a library.
SECTION 2.—Nature and types of Library materials:
1. An understanding of the various types of library materials and their
physical forms and characteristics.
2. An understanding of the ways by which these materials can be
protected from damage and loss. Also an understanding among
students of the care with, which they are required to use the materials
to save them from damage disfigurement.
SECTION 3.—History of books and Libraries :
1. An understanding of the development of writing and writing materials
with special reference to the Muslim World.
2. An understanding of history of libraries in general with special
reference to Pakistan.
3. An awareness of the libraries and the library materials possessed by
the city and the libraries in their vicinity.

SECTION 4.—Use of Library Materials:

1. An understanding of the purpose of the library materials in
communication of knowledge.
2. An appreciation of the benefit of reading and the role, books have
played in influencing the society.
3. An understanding of the ways by which a student can require his
desired information from library materials.
SECTION 5.—Meaning and concept of information. It will acquaint the
students with:
1. concept of information.
2. Meaning of information. 3. Usefulness of information.
EVALUATION
Paper 1.—Introduction of books and Libraries.
SECTION 1.—Nature and type of Libraries and their use.
1. Assessment of student’s knowledge about the meaning concept
objectives and services of library and its role in the society.
 208 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
2. Objective tests.
SECTION 2.—Nature and types of Library materials:
1. Assessment of the nature and types of library materials their physical
forms and characteristic and student’s understanding of effective use
of these materials.
2. Assessment of student’s understanding of the ways and means for
protection of these materials from damage and loss.
3. Objective tests.
SECTION 3.— History of books and Libraries:
1. Assessment of student’s knowledge of the history of writing and
writing materials.
2. Assessment of student’s knowledge of the history of libraries in
general with special reference to Pakistan.
3. Assessment of student’s knowledge about the nature and usefulness of
local libraries and those located in the vicinity, where visits to libraries
are arranged. They may be asked to write assignments on the topic.
SECTION 4.—Use of Library Materials:
1. Assessment of student’s knowledge of the purpose form and use of
books and other library materials.
2. Assessment of student’s knowledge of the methods by which library
materials are made useable.
3. Objective tests.
SECTION 5.—Meaning and concept of information :
1. Assessment of student’s about understanding and comprehension of
concept, meaning and usefulness of information.
2. Objectives Tests.
Recommended Books:
Ĩ弒 ⡜ĨĚ 恗幝 䆨Ĩð ⡜äĨĜå 㥶 Ĩüąä㑥
崳 ä࢑äĨ乗 Ĩ劖 Ĝ偫
î峤䆨ĨÛîäï ‫܉‬ĨþìîĄäĜ22 ĨᄯĒĨ঳ Ĩ䶺 Ĝອ ⻑ 嗚
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 209

Marks 85 Class XII (Part – II) Time : 3.00 hours

Practical: 30

Paper II.—Organization of Library Materials for use

This paper will consist of the following four section:
1. Classification and assignment of Subject Headings
2. Cataloguing of books
3. Use of reference books
4. Circulation of Library materials.
Scope
SECTION I.—Definition of classification, its importance and use in the
Library.
Use of DDC (latest abridged edition restricted to Broad Numbers) and
the description of Sear’s Subject Heading and its use (Pages 25).
SECTION 2.—Cataloguing—its meaning, concepts, principles and its use in
the library, —Brief account of the development of present code of
AACR.
Preparation of simple catalogue cards (main entry) according to AACR
and cataloguing of Pakistani names (by Dr. Anis Khurshid). Emphasis
may be given on books of subject interest of the class, (Pages 25).
SECTION 3.—Types of reference books and their definitions—practical
demonstration of the reference books Bibliography, Encyclopedia,
Dictionaries, Biographical sources and Almanics). Emphasis may be
given to Pakistani reference books. (Pages 25).
SECTION 4.—Lending of Library materials and various records necessary for
circulation—charging system used for lending of materials maintenance
of other records including Accession Register in the Library (Pages 25).
 210 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
PRACTICALS
(PAPER II)
SECTION 1.—Classification and Assignment of Subject Headings
(a) Study and practice of 1st, 2nd 3rd summary of DDC.
(b) Assignment of DDC numbers (Broad Numbers) of books on various
subjects.
(c) Arrangement of books by classification numbers.
(d) Interpretation of classification numbers by the help of DDC.
(e) Allocation of Subject Headings to books with the help of Sear’s list.
(f) Arrangement of Subject Headings.
SECTION 2.—Cataloguing.
Preparation of simple catalogue cards according to AACR 2.
SECTION 3.—Reference Sources.
(a) Study of main features of various types of reference material.
Bibliography, Encyclopedia, Dictionaries, Biographical sources and
Almanics).
(b) Practice in the location of specific information with the help of
relevant reference book .
Note: Passing in theory as well as practicals in both papers is complulsory.
EVALUATION
PAPER II. — Organisation of Library materials for use.
SECTION 1. – Classification and Assignments of Subject Headings
(i) Understanding of the concept of arrangement of Books on Shelves
by subject.
(ii) Understanding of the signs and symbols used for the guidance of
user for locating their required material.
(iii) Knowledge of the DDC—its main classes sub-division from divisions
(iv) Concept of the Subject Headings and their use.
(v) Objective tests.
SECTION 2.—Cataloguing of Books.
(i) Understanding of the purpose and functions of a catalogue.
(ii) Understanding of different types and forms of catalogue.
(iii) Understanding of the components of main entry card.
(iv) Understanding of alphabetization.
(v) Understanding of the different forms of names with especial
reference to Pakistan.
(vi) Objective tests.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 211
SECTSON 3.—Use of Reference Books.
(i) Understanding of the nature of different types of reference books
and their important features.
(ii) Understanding the purpose of different reference books.
(iii) Understanding of using various reference books for finding required
information.
(iv) Practical exercises and objective tests.
SECTION 4.—Circulation of Library Materials.
(i) Assessment of Library materials and various records necessary for
circulation.
(ii) Assessment and familiarization of charging system used for lending
materials and maintenance of other records including Accession
Register
Practicals
(i) Assessment of the understanding of the students in using DDC
abridged edition for classification of books and the use of Sear’s
Subject Headings for assignment of Subject Headings.
(ii) Understanding of the AACR 2 entry cards preferably for Pakistani
books.
(iii) Understanding of the various reference books finding required
information for the class interest of the students.
(iv) These assessments will be based on the practicals which a student
will be required to perform during his studies.
EXPECTED OUT-COME
Paper II.—Organization of Library materials for use.
SECTION I.—Classification and assignment of Subject Headings.
1. Understanding of DDC classification schemes (abridged edition) by
which books are classified and Sear’s Subject Headings and the
ways by which books are classified and arranged on shelves.
2. Students will be able to understand classification symbols and
author mark to locate their desired materials on the shelves.
3. Students will thus be able to use the library effectively.
SECTION 2.—Cataloguing of books.
1. Understanding of the concept and functions of a catalogue.
2. Understanding of the need of the bibliographic details of cook on a
catalogue and their use in locating books.
 212 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
3. Will develop ability among students to search their needed material
through catalogue.
4. Will create appreciation among students for the standardization of
names in a catalogue.
5. Will help a student in preparing a list of books on his subject of
nearest.
SECTION 3.—Use of Reference Books
Student will be familiar of various reference sources, find his
desired information from them and will be able to use them.
SECTION 4.—Circulation Library Materials.
1. Understanding of library materials and various records necessary for
circulation.
2. Understanding and familiarization of charging system used for
Lending materials and maintenance of other records including
Accession Register.
Practicals
Students will be able to classify books broadly and prepare simple
catalogue cards with assignment of Subject Headings.
Ĩ弒 ⡜ĨĚ 恗幝 䆨Ĩð ⡜äĨď 婧Ĩ愰 ࿀ ĨĜå 㥶 Ĩüąä㑥
崳 ä࢑äĨ乗 Ĩ劖 Ĝ偫
î峤䆨ĨÛîäï ‫܉‬ĨþìîĄäĜ22 ĨᄯĒĨ঳ Ĩ䶺 Ĝອ ⻑ 嗚
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 213

COMPUTER SCIENCE
Marks :75 PART-I (CLASS-XI) Time: 2:30 Hours
Theory: 75 + Practical : 25 Total:100
Topics Weightage
% age
Basics of Information Technology 75
-- Basic concepts of IT 10%
 Hardware VS Software
 Input and Output Devices
 Operating System Vs. Computer Programs
 Basic Units of Data Storage, Storage and Memory
 Systems Development
Information Networks 10%
 The Technology of Workgroup Computing
 The Benefits of E-Mail
 What is the internet and How it is Useful?
 LAN and WAN
 Concepts, Models, Standards, Network Topologies
-- Data Communication 10%
 Introduction of Data Communication
 Types of Data
 Encoding different types of data
 Transmission media
 Modem
Applications and use of Computers 10%
 Computers and the Opportunities offered by their Use
 Types of Systems Encountered in everyday life, Homes,
Business, Industry, Education
 Understand how Computers can Simplify our Work Practices
-- Hardware And Systems Software 25%
Computer Architecture
 Block Diagram of Computer (CPU, RAM, ROM, Input
/ Output, Data Bus, Address Bus, Control Bus and Ports)
 Registers, Program Counter (PC), Memory Address
Register (MAR), Memory Buffer Register (MBR),
 214 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Instruction Register (IR) Stack.
 Computer Operations
 Simple Machine Instructions Format
 Processing Machine Instructions (Fetch- decode-execute)
 Understand the Functionality of different Types of Software
-- Security Copyright and the Law 10%
 Viruses and Anti-Virus issues
 Data Protection and Privacy issues
 Data Protection Legislation and copyright issues
Use of Application Software 25%
OPERATING SYSTEMS (WINDOWS) 5%
 Introducing GUI Operating Systems
 OS Components and Selection Techniques
 Starting to use GUI Operating System
 File and Disk Management
 Control Printing Jobs
WORD PROCESSING 8%
 Starting to use Word Processor
 Font, Paragraph, Page Formatting
 Introducing Tables and Colums
 Using the Clipboard
 Printing
 Tables, Text Boxes, Graphics and Wordart
SPREAD SHEET 7%
 Introduction to Spread Sheet Packages
 Spread Sheet Layouts
 Formatting and Customizing Data
 Formulas, Functions and Named Ranges
 Introducing Charts
 Printing Worksheets and charts
5%
INTERNET BROWSING AND USING EMAIL
 Introduction to Browsing
 Addresses, Links & Downloading
 Searching the Internet
• Email & Newsgroups
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 215
Marks :75 (CLASS-XII) Time: 2:30 Hours
Theory: 75 + Practical : 25 Total:100
Weightage
Topics
% age
Database Basics 40
 Introduction to Database Concepts
 Database concepts, Terminology and Usage
 Database Design and Table Creation
 Formatting a Table
 Relationships
 Locating and Replacing information
 Creating Simple Queries
 Creating Calculated Fields
 Introducing Forms
 Formatting and Creating Forms
 Formatting and Creating Reports
Programming using C 60
OR
Programming using VISUAL BASIC
Option I: Outline for C
 Characteristics of High Level Porgramming Languages
 Basic Structure of Program
 Creating, Editing and Saving a Source Program
 Compiling, Linking and Executing A Program
 Variables: character, integer, long integer, floating point,
double precision
 Input/Output, printf, scanf, format Specifier, Field Width
Specifier
 Operators: Arithmetic, Relational, Logical Operators
 Comments
 Loops: for loop, while loop, do-while
 Decision: if Statement, if-else Statement, else-if, switch
Statement, Conditional Operator
 Importance of Functions
 Simple Functions
 Function Passing Arguments and Returning Values
 216 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
 Open File, Read, Write, Append and Close File
OR
Option II: Outline for Visual Basic
 I/O Statements
 Control Statements
 Working with Forms
 Variables and Arrays
 Functions and Procedures
 Basic ActiveX Controls
 Drawing with Visual Basic
 Advanced ActiveX Controls
 Database Programming with Visual Basic
 The Active Data Objects
 Scripting Objects
 Visual Basic and the Web
LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS-XI (PART – I )
WINDOWS
(1) (a) Use of Start Menu
(b) Manage Program Group & Document Group
(c) How to access Search Group
(d) Customize the Desktop
(2) Use of Windows Help
(3) Use of Windows Accessories:
(a) Word Pad
(b) Calculator
(c) Paint
(4) Use of Windows Accessories:
(a) Managing files and folders - Using My Computer
(b) Managing files and folders Windows Explorer
(c) Managing Recycle Bin operations.
(5) Printer:
(a) Installation of printer driver
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 217
(b) Setting of different properties of printer
(c) Managing the ques of printing jobs
MS Word
(6) (a) Open and Save files in specified path or New Folder
(b) Selection of text by different methods and applying a different
operations:
Copying, Moving (by Clipboard and Drag & Drop methods) Deletion,
(7) Formating text (Bold, Underline, Font, Color etc.)
(8) Using Undo and Redo
(9) Use of Text Alignments, Indenting and managing space also use of
Bullets and Numbering.
(10) Use of Page Setup including Page Margin, Size, Paper Source and
Layout.
(11) Skills of Printer Settings.
(12) Use of Tables and Columns.
(13) Use of Spell Check, Grammar and phrases.
(14) Use of short cuts.
MS-EXCEL
(15) Inserting & Deleting Cells, Rows and Columns.
(16) Managing Worksheets.
(17) Formatting and Customizing Data.
(18) Use of Formulas and Functions.(Formatting Numbers decimal plasces,
column & rows setup etc.)
(19) Drawing of Different Types of Charts.
(20) Use of Page Setup and Printing Configurations.
(21) Use of shortcuts.
INTERNET EXPLORER
(22) Send/receive email to a single user, multiple users
(23) Attach/Detach files with mail
(24) Browsing Internet
(25) Use of shortcuts
(26) Proper use of search engines.
 218 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
LIST OF PRACTICALS FOR CLASS-XII (PART – II )
MS-ACCESS
(1) Creation different tables Tables and assign primary key
(2) Create simple Queries using wizard and design view
(3) Create relationship between tables
(4) Create simple forms using wizard and design view
(5) Create reports using wizard and design view
(6) Use of summary and calculated fields
Visual Basic
(1) Create a simple form to add two numbers using textboxes and buttons.
(2) Create a simple form to perform other arithmetic computations
(multiply, divide subtract)
(3) Create a form to display table of a given integer.
(4) Create a form which generates series of numbers within given limits
using FOR loop.
(5) Create a form which generates series of numbers within given limits
using DO WHILE loop.
(6) Find factorial of N using any loop statement, read value from a text box
and write it in another text box.
(7) Define a program to read use salary from a text box and calculate its tax
depending upon the bracket in which it falls (using if-elseif-else).
(8) Create a function which returns area of circle of a given radius.
(9) Use a form to save/retrieve data from user in text boxes and save it to a
MS ACCESS table.
(10) Use text boxes, combo boxes, tree-list to save/retrieve data to/from MS
ACCESS table.
(11) Use different property sheets to change appearance and format of text
item.
(12) Use property sheet to modify form background properties.
PRACTICALS FOR C-LANGUAGE:
Exp.1 Writing a program which prints a text of 4 lines consisting of
characters, integer values and floating point values using 'printf'
statement.
Exp.2 Writing a program that reads and prints the data using Escape
Sequence. (Asking the name, age, height and gender of the student
using scanf and printf statements.)
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 219
Exp.3 Writing a program, which uses Operators (calculate the area of
triangles, volume of spheres and arrange the resultant values in
ascending order.)
Exp.4 Writing a program which uses ‘for’ loop statement. (Generate the
multiplication table from 2 to 20).
Exp.5 Writing a program which uses 'while' loop and Nested 'while' loop.
(Use 'for' loop and continue the process in 'while' loop satisfying
this condition):
Exp.6 Finding the factorial of N using 'while' loop, read value of N using
scanf, and print the factorial of various N.
Exp.7 Draw a checkerboard and print it using if-else statement, and
extend the program using Nested if- else.
Exp.8 Writing a program which uses a 'switch' statement and breaks the
program if certain condition is observed. Repeat the program with
‘case’ statement.
Exp.9 Writing a function, which generates factorial of N and calls this
function in the 'main' program.
Exp.10 Writing a program which uses multiple arguments in a function.
(Develop a user-defined function to generate a rectangle. Use the
function for passing arguments to draw different sizes of
rectangles and squares.)
Computer Science Part – I
Authors: 1. Mirza Mubbasher Baig
2. Mr. Asif Ali
3. Shaheena Naaz
Editor: Syed Zulqarnain Jaffery
Publisher: S.S. Publisher Lahore
Computer Science Part – II
Authors: 1. Syed Zulqarnain Jaffery
2. Ms. Shaheena Naaz
3. Mr. Asif Ali Magsi
Editor: Mirza Mubbashar Baig
Publisher: Kitab markaz Faisalabad
220 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

CIVICS
Marks: 100 PART-I (Class- XI) Time: 3.00 Hours
CHAPTER-I CIVICS - WHAT IS IT?
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction 1. Definition
2. Relationship with other social 2. Nature
sciences 3. Significance
4. Utility
5. Relationship of civics with
Political Science, History,
Economics, Sociology & Ethics
CHAPTER-II THE BASIC CONCERN
Concepts Contents
1. Civics and human needs 1. The harmonic relationship
2. Individual between the members of society
3. Family e.g. childhood. socialization,
4. Community gender, religion.
5. Society 2. Individual as a member of state
6. Nation and Nationality 3. Family a basic social institution
7. Muslim Ummah 4. Nature & Significance of
community
5. Society
6. Nation and Nationality &
Muslim Ummah
CHAPTER-III STATE
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction 1. Definition
2. Distinctive nature of state. 2. Elements
3. Islamic background. 3. Origin
4. Welfare State. 4. Distinction of state from:
- Government
- Society
- Nation
5. Conceptual basis of state in Islam
6. Welfare State and equity issues
with reference to gender,
religion, area & social classes.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 221
CHAPTER-IV SOVEREIGNTY
Concepts Contents
1. Understanding Sovereignty. 1. Definition
2. Islamic Background 2. Salient features
3. Forms Manifestation of
Sovereignty
4. Theories of Sovereignty
5. Basic principles of Sovereignty
in Islam.
CHAPTER-V GOVERNMENT
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction 1. Meaning
2. Classification 2. Democracy and Dictatorship
3. Organs 3. Parliamentary
4. Good Governance 4. Presidential
5. Federal & Unitary
6. Legislature
7. Executive
8. Judiciary
9. Definition
10. The role of Good Governance
in Islamic Democratic
Government
11. Obstacles and remedies
12. Accountability
CHAPTER-VI LAW AND RELATED MATTERS
Concepts Contents
1. Understanding Law 1. Meaning
2. Islamic Law 2. Sources
3. Liberty and Equity 3. Kinds
4. Meaning
5. Sources
6. Objectives
7. Meaning of liberty & equity
8. Relationship between Law,
Liberty and Equity
222 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
CHAPTER- VII CITIZEN AND CITIZENSHIP
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction 1. Definition
2. Qualities of good citizenship
2. Human Rights and 3. How citizenship acquired and lost?
Responsibilities 4. Definition
5. Rights and responsibilities of a
citizen in Islamic perspective
6. UN Declaration of Human Rights
CHAPTER-VIII CONSTITUTION
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction 1. Definition of constitution
2. Kinds of constitutions
3. Characteristics of a good constitution
CHAPTER-IX POLITICAL DYNAIMICS
Concepts Contents
1. Public Opinion 1. Meaning
2. Elections and Electorate 2. Formulation
3. Political Parties 3. Agencies
4. Devolution of Power Plan 4. Conditions for sound public opinion
5. Meaning
6. Significance of Elections in a
democratic state
7. Islamic Concept
8. Direct and indirect Elections
9. Referendum
10. Plebiscite
11. Introduction
12. Objectives
13. Role

Marks: 100 PART-II (Class- XII) Time: 3.00 Hours

CHAPTER-X PAKISTAN MOVEMENT
Concepts Contents
1. Ideology of Pakistan 1. Meaning of Ideology
2. Important Events of Pakistan 2. Significance of Ideology of Pakistan
Movement 3. Ali Ghar Movement
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 223
4. Back ground and formation of All
India Muslim League- 1906
5. Lucknow Pact 1916
6. Khilafat Movement 1919
7. Act of 1935
8. Pakistan Resolution 1940
9. 3rd June plan
CHAPTER-XI CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT 1947-1973
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction to constitutional 1. A brief historical outlook on
development from 1947-1962 constitutional development from
2. The constitution of the 1947-56
Islamic Republic of Pakistan 2. Salient features of constitution of
1973 1956 and 1962
3. Separation of East Pakistan in
1971 roots and causes
4. Salient features and Islamic
Provisions of 1973 constitution
I. Parliament
II. President, Prime Minister
III. Provincial Autonomy
IV. Supreme Court and High
Courts
V. Islamic Provision
CHAPTER-XII SOCIAL SERVICES IN PAKISTAN
Concepts Contents
Social Services with specific 1. Structure and Facilities
reference to Health & Education. 2. Problems
CHAPTER-XIII SOCIAL ORDER IN PAKISTAN
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction 1. Meaning
2. Implementation Concerns 2. Significance
3. Requisites of Proper social
order fulfilling the principle of
liberty, justice, equity and
authority in Islamic perspective
4. Prevailing situation of social
order in Pakistan and role of
 224 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Islamic Values for maintaining
social order and justice in
welfare state
Role of Police in Pakistan
CHAPTER-XIV NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND COHESION
Concepts Contents
1. Introduction 1. Meaning
2. Problems and remedies 2. Importance
3. National Integration and
cohesion in an Islamic State
4. Problems in the way to national
integration and cohesion in
Pakistan
5. remedial measures keeping in
view the ideological basis of
Pakistan.
CHAPTER-XV PAKISTAN AND THE WORLD
Concepts Contents
1. Pakistan’s Foreign Policy 1. Determinant of Pakistan’s
2. Pakistan and U.N foreign policy
2. The main features of Pakistan’s
foreign policy
3. Pakistan’s foreign relations
with its neighbours
4. Role of Pakistan in O.I.C and
E.C.O
5. U.N and its organs
6. U.N role in Solving
international Problem i.e.
Kashmir. Afghanistan.
Palestine.
Recommended Book: Civics ( Part-I)
Authors: 1) Prof. Aftab Ahmad Dar 2) Prof. Hallema Naz Afridi
Publisher: Qari Publisher, Lahore.
Recommended Book: Civics ( Part-II)
Authors: 1) Prof. Rehman-ul-Allah Ch.. 2) Prof. Muhammad Farooq Malik
Publisher: Maktaba Saeedya, Lahore.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 225

COMMERCIAL PRACTICE
(There will be two papers of 100 marks each)
(Outlines of tests)
Marks
PART-I (CLASS XI) 100
Accountancy OR Business Correspondence.
PART-II (CLASS XII) 100
Typewriting and Shorthand. (English or Urdu)
Syllabus.
Elective subject which may be opted as a single subject by any student
who is not taking the full Commerce Group of subjects. The subject may be
taken in two parts as indicated below:

Marks : 100 PART I (CLASS-XI) Time : 3:00 Hours

ACCOUNTANCY (Option i)
1. Introduction.
Book-keeping and business transaction –definition, objects and
advantages of book-keeping – nature of business transactions.
2. Principles of double entry.
1. Accounts and their classification–rules for debit and credit (Dr. & Cr).
2. Books of account – Journal and Ledger.
3. Journals.
Simple cash book, double column cash book, triple column cash Book,
petty cash book kept on the imprest system–purchases, sales and
return books – journal proper or general journal.
4. Ledger.
Its nature and importance-posting, folioing, cast and carry forward-
balancing.
5. Trial Balance.
Definition, purpose and preparation.
6. Adjustments.
Accrued and outstanding income and expenses, closing stock
depreciation and reserves.
7. Financial Statements.
Trading, Profit and Loss Account Balance sheet.
8. Miscellaneous.
 226 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
1. Capital and Revenue-expenditure, income, payments, receipts,
profit or loss-allocation.
2. Error and their correction-book-keeping and trial balance error-
localization of errors-suspense account-correction of errors.
Recommended Books:
Principles of Accountanecy by M.A. Ghani,
(M/S. Salman Publishing Company, Lahore).

Marks : 100 PART I (CLASS-XI) Time : 3:00 Hours

BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE (Option ii)
1. Commercial correspondence. Essentials of a good business
letter-different parts and arrangement of a business letter.
2. Kinds of business letters.
1. Application for a post and letter of appointment.
2. Enquiry and its reply.
3. Orders and indents.
4. Reference.
5. Advice.
6. Complaints and claims.
7. Circulars.
8. Collection and dunning.
9. Replies to advertisements regarding agencies.
3. Official and demi-official correspondence.
1. Memorandum.
2. communication with subordinates.
4. Postal information. Preparation of letters for the post-enclosures-
writing of addresses.
5. Sorting, filling, docketing, indexing and endorsine business letters.
6. Noting, drafting and compilation of letters from brief notes.

Recommended Books:
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 227
Marks : 100 PART II (Option i) Time : 3 Hours
(English Shorthand and Typewriting)
1. Shorthand. The standard to be attained will such as a to satisfy
tests of the following nature:
Speed Test: A passage or a commercial letter about 300
words dictated at a speed of 60 words per minute with a maximum
permissible error of 2%
Note : Pitman or Gregg systems will be accepted.
2. Typewriting. The standard to be attained should be such as to
enable the student to take the following tests.
a. Typing from manuscript with corrections, insertions and deletions.
b. Accuracy Test:Typing from a printed sheet containing about 350
words at a minimum speed of 35 words per minute on international
standards.
c. Tabulation: Typing out a tabulated statement. Lines are to be
drawn in the type-writer.
Note: In the accuracy test one mark will be deducted for every two mistakes.
Recommended Books:

1. New Method Typewriting Instructor

by Muhammad Tufail Nasim.
2. Modern Course in Touch Typewriting
by Mr. Muhammad Mohsin.
3. Manual of typerwriting
by A.M. Hashmi and H.A. Syed.
 228 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING
Marks : 100 PART II (Option ii) Time : 3 Hours

(Urdu Shorthand and Typewriting)

1. Shorthand.
The standard to be attained will be such as a to satisfy tests of the
following nature:
Speed Test: A passage or a commercial letter of about 420 words
dictated at a speed of 70 words per minute with a maximum permissible
error of 3%
Note :Pitman or Gregg systems will be accepted.
2. Typewriting. The standard to be attained should be such as to
enable the student to take the following tests.
a. Speed Tests Typing from printed sheet containing 250 words at a
minimum speed of 25 words per minute.
b. Tabulation: Typing out an easy tabulated statement. Lines are
to be drawn on the type-writer. The statement will comprise no more
than five lines.
c. Typing an official or a business letter (In duplicate)
Note:
Shorthand Time: 11/2 hour Both Shorthand and Typewriting will
Typewriting Time :11/2 hour carry 50 marks each. (Speed test will
(Speed Test : 10 minutes) carry 20 marks, while the other two Type-
writing questions will carry 15 marks
each).
Recommended Books:
1. Urdu Shorthand Instructor (Pitman system)
by Muhammad Tufail Nasim.
2. Urdu Typewriting Instructor
by Mr. Zafar Iqbal Zafar.
 INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION 229
‫ﲨ ُﺔ اﻟ ْ ُﻘ ْﺮآنِ ا ْﳌ َ ِﺠﻴ ْ ِﺪ‬
َ َ ‫ﺗَ ْﺮ‬
50娛 Ĩ㫣 (承 峤î䅏 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ IĜď îຩ 䄔 02:00Ĩ㞺 þ
ç 嗚ä㑥 Ĩą⣜ 㜑
å äìßĨ㺸 Ĩ䶺 Ĩü ß㟥 -1

ûä㨱Ĩęᔉ⡜äĨ很 ä࢑Ĩç 徉ä寀 -2

恛 îᔇĨąウ 冬 -3

ç ㄺ ❴ ‫ اور‬ø îᗐ :ِ ◌‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ اﻟْﺒ َ َﻘ َﺮة‬ -4

ç 够Ĩą屨 äĨĨîþäĨĨ啓 偾 :ِ ◌‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ اﻟْﺒَﻘَ َﺮة‬ -5

ᷗ ᔊĨþĨ䳾 :ِ ◌‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ اﻟْﺒ َ َﻘ َﺮة‬ -6

倀 :ِ ◌‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ اﻟْﺒَﻘَ َﺮة‬ -7

Ĩç ㄺ ❴ ĨîþäĨø îᗐ :‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ ا ٰ ِل َﻋ ْﻤ ٰﺮ َن‬ -8

ç 够Ĩą屨 äĨîþäĨĨ啓 偾 :‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ ا ٰ ِل َﻋ ْﻤ ٰﺮ َن‬ -9

ᷗ ᔊĨþĨ䳾 :‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ ا ٰ ِل َﻋ ْﻤ ٰﺮ َن‬ -10

倀 :‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ ا ٰ ِل َﻋ ْﻤ ٰﺮ َن‬ -11

Ĩç ㄺ ❴ ĨîþäĨø îᗐ ِ َ‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ ْاﻻ َﻧْﻔ‬

:‫ﺎل‬ -12

ç 够Ĩą屨 äĨĨîþäĨ啓 偾 ِ ‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ ْاﻻ َﻧ ْ َﻔ‬

:‫ﺎل‬ -13

ᷗ ᔊĨþĨ䳾 ِ ‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ ْاﻻ َﻧ ْ َﻔ‬

:‫ﺎل‬ -14

倀 ِ ‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ ْاﻻ َﻧ ْ َﻔ‬

:‫ﺎل‬ -15

Ĩç ㄺ ❴ ĨîþäĨø îᗐ :‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ اﻟْﺘّ َْﻮﺑَ ِﺔ‬ -16

230 SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING

ç 够Ĩą屨 äĨĨîþäĨ啓 偾 :‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ اﻟْﺘّ َْﻮﺑَ ِﺔ‬ -17

ᷗ ᔊĨþĨ䳾 :‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ اﻟْﺘّ َْﻮﺑَ ِﺔ‬ -18

倀 :‫ُﺳ ْﻮ َر ُة◌ اﻟْﺘّ َْﻮﺑَ ِﺔ‬ -19

承 帴 î䅏 Ĩ㌤ ᶣ Ĩ很 ä࢑Ĩኾ Ĩú Ē䰮 -20

䶺 Ĩüąß㟥Ĩø 㞑þäĨï吴 î -21

ᮑ ⨭ Ĩ愔 ᖗ -22

㌤ ᶣ 承 峤î䅏 Ĩ很 ä࢑) ‫ﲨ ُﺔ اﻟ ْ ُﻘ ْﺮآنِ ا ْﳌ َ ِﺠﻴ ْ ِﺪ‬

َ َ ‫ ﺗَ ْﺮ‬û嗚Ĩ㥃Ĩ㥷 Ĩⴣ îì
î峤䆨Û⨱ þ⨭ Ĩ㹈 怐 äĨ恔᳥ :‫ٳ‬ɣǍǎþĒĨ‫ ׏‬njĄ